WO2021127846A1 - Paging method, apparatus, and device - Google Patents

Paging method, apparatus, and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021127846A1
WO2021127846A1 PCT/CN2019/127448 CN2019127448W WO2021127846A1 WO 2021127846 A1 WO2021127846 A1 WO 2021127846A1 CN 2019127448 W CN2019127448 W CN 2019127448W WO 2021127846 A1 WO2021127846 A1 WO 2021127846A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
drx cycle
paging
drx
information
offset
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/127448
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
费永强
陈磊
郑娟
侯海龙
李超君
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2019/127448 priority Critical patent/WO2021127846A1/en
Publication of WO2021127846A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021127846A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • H04W68/02Arrangements for increasing efficiency of notification or paging channel
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/20Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/28Discontinuous transmission [DTX]; Discontinuous reception [DRX]

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of mobile communication technology, and in particular to a paging method, device and equipment.
  • a paging message (paging) is sent to the terminal device.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • a discontinuous reception (DRX) mechanism can be configured for the terminal device, and the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state can receive paging messages in a DRX manner. For example, in a DRX cycle, the terminal device only needs to detect the paging message in the paging occasion (PO) corresponding to the terminal device, and does not need to detect the paging message at other times.
  • PO paging occasion
  • the DRX cycle configured for the terminal device is single, that is, one type of DRX cycle is configured for one terminal device.
  • the terminal equipment business may not be continuous.
  • the downlink services of some terminal equipment may have the characteristics of "relative concentration".
  • the central controller will trigger sampling in the first 10 minutes of each hour from 00:00 to 05:00 every morning.
  • Several terminal devices, such as sensors, collect temperature/humidity data every 10 seconds. Then, if the length of the DRX cycle is set to be small, during most of the time from 00:00 to 05:00, the terminal device's waking up and the operation of detecting paging messages are unnecessary, which consumes the terminal in vain.
  • the power of the device and if the length of the DRX cycle is set to be larger, it may cause the terminal device to be in a sleep state when the downlink service arrives, and there is still a long time before the next wake-up, which in turn causes the downlink service delay to be too long .
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a paging method, device, and device, which can flexibly configure the paging occasion of the terminal device, thereby reducing the paging delay.
  • a first paging method includes: receiving a first message from a network device, where the first message includes at least one piece of DRX configuration information, and the first DRX configuration information included therein is used to configure a first DRX cycle, the first DRX cycle corresponds to a plurality of first offsets, and the first offset is used to indicate the time domain position of the paging frame; and the plurality of offsets are determined according to the plurality of first offsets.
  • the first paging frame detecting paging messages from the network device in a plurality of the first paging frames.
  • the method may be executed by a first communication device, and the first communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip.
  • the first communication device is a terminal device, or a chip set in the terminal device for realizing the function of the terminal device, or other component used for realizing the function of the terminal device.
  • the first communication device is a terminal device.
  • the first DRX cycle can be configured for the terminal device, and multiple first offsets can be configured for the first DRX cycle, so that multiple paging frames can be determined according to the multiple first offsets, Network devices can send paging messages in these paging frames, and terminal devices can also detect paging messages in these paging frames.
  • By adding paging frames it is equivalent to increasing the number of paging occasions in the paging frames. . Because the number of paging occasions in the paging frame is increased, there is no need to configure the length of the DRX cycle to be smaller, so as to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device. Even if the DRX cycle is configured to be larger, the paging message can be sent in time, and the paging delay can also be reduced, thereby reducing the service delay.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset, and the third offset is determined through a second DRX cycle,
  • the second DRX cycle is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
  • the terminal device may apply the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle sequentially in time sequence. For example, the terminal device first executes the first DRX cycle, that is, first detects paging messages from network devices in multiple first paging frames; after the first DRX cycle is executed, the terminal device executes the second DRX cycle, for example, the terminal The device detects the paging message from the network device in the second paging frame. For example, if the terminal device has different working modes in different time periods, or runs different services, it can execute different DRX cycles in time sharing. For example, if a terminal device needs to transmit different services at different times, it can use different DRX cycles at different times to adapt to the current service energy consumption and delay requirements.
  • the terminal device may also execute multiple DRX cycles at the same time, for example, the terminal device may execute the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle at the same time. Then, the terminal device detects paging messages from the network device in a plurality of first paging frames, and at the same time, the terminal device also detects paging messages from the network device in the second paging frame. For example, when the terminal device has mixed services, this situation where multiple DRX cycles are executed at the same time can be more suitable. For example, when multiple services of a terminal device need to be processed in parallel and have different concentration times and periodicities, the terminal device can execute multiple DRX cycles at the same time. For example, one DRX cycle can correspond to one service, so that the DRX configuration can be Adapt to the overall needs of multiple services of the same terminal device.
  • the execution of the DRX cycle can also be understood as applying the DRX cycle, or in other words, performing detection according to the DRX cycle.
  • the terminal device executes the first DRX cycle
  • the terminal device applies the first DRX cycle, or in other words, the terminal device performs detection according to the first DRX cycle.
  • the completion of the execution of one DRX cycle can also be understood as the completion of the application of one DRX cycle, or in other words, the completion of detection according to the DRX cycle.
  • the terminal device has completed the execution of the first DRX cycle, it can be understood that the terminal device has completed the application of the first DRX cycle, or in other words, the terminal device has completed the detection according to the first DRX cycle.
  • the term “execute” can also be understood as “application”, or as detection based on the DRX cycle.
  • the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate the application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle, and the at least one DRX cycle passes through the at least one DRX cycle.
  • DRX configuration information is configured.
  • the first message may further include execution information, and the execution information may indicate an application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the application time of the at least one DRX cycle according to the execution information, so that the at least one DRX cycle can be executed at the correct time.
  • the first message may not include execution information, and the terminal device may determine the application time corresponding to the at least one DRX cycle in another manner.
  • the terminal device can randomly determine the execution time of at least one DRX cycle; or the terminal device can also determine the execution time of at least one DRX cycle according to the service situation of the terminal device. For example, when the business is relatively busy, the terminal device can determine the execution time of at least one DRX cycle.
  • the terminal device may execute at least one DRX cycle with a shorter length in the DRX cycle, and when the service is relatively idle, the terminal device may execute at least one DRX cycle with a longer length in the DRX cycle; or, at least the DRX cycle included in the first message is One piece of configuration information actually has a certain sequence. For example, in the first message, if the first DRX configuration information is located before the second DRX configuration information, the terminal device can use the sequence of at least one configuration information as the sequence of at least one DRX cycle. For example, in the first message, if the first DRX configuration information is located before the second DRX configuration information, the terminal device may determine to execute the first DRX cycle first and then execute the second DRX cycle.
  • the execution information includes sequence information of the at least one DRX cycle; or,
  • the execution information is a bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle in the at least one DRX cycle.
  • one implementation manner of the execution information is the sequence information of at least one DRX cycle, that is, the first message may include the sequence information of at least one DRX cycle, and the sequence information is equivalent to indicating the correspondence of at least one DRX cycle.
  • the order of different DRX cycles may be different, or there may be two or more DRX cycles in the same order, which indicates that the two or more DRX cycles are executed at the same time.
  • another implementation of the execution information is bitmap, that is, the first message may include a bitmap, and the number of bits included in the bitmap may be greater than or equal to the number of at least one DRX cycle, then each bit in the bitmap may Application information indicating a type of DRX cycle.
  • a DRX cycle can correspond to one or more bits in the bitmap.
  • the application information of the DRX cycle indicated by the bits in the bitmap is, for example, the sequence of the DRX cycle or the execution time of the DRX cycle.
  • execution information is execution time information of at least one DRX cycle (or called application time information), that is, the first message includes execution time information of at least one DRX cycle, and the execution time information is The application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle can be indicated, and this indication method is relatively straightforward.
  • the execution information may also include other information, as long as the execution information can indicate the application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle.
  • determining one first paging frame of the plurality of first paging frames according to one of the plurality of first offsets includes:
  • the frame number of the one first paging frame is determined according to the one first offset, the length of the first DRX cycle, and the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle.
  • the terminal device needs to determine the time domain position of a first paging frame according to a first offset among a plurality of first offsets.
  • One way of determining is that the terminal device determines the time domain position of a first paging frame according to the first offset and the first offset.
  • Information such as the length of a DRX cycle and the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle determines the frame number (ie, system frame number) of a first paging frame.
  • the terminal device may determine a first page based on the first offset, the length of the first DRX cycle, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and the ID of the terminal device, etc.
  • the frame number of the frame is a first page based on the first offset, the length of the first DRX cycle, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and the ID of the terminal device, etc. The frame number of the frame.
  • the terminal device can determine the frame number of a first paging frame.
  • the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
  • the terminal device has only one paging occasion in a paging frame that can be used to detect paging messages, and if in this embodiment of the application, a first offset corresponding to the first DRX cycle corresponds to multiple
  • the second offset is equivalent to that, for the first paging frame corresponding to the first offset, the terminal device may have multiple paging occasions to detect paging in the first paging frame news. It can be seen that by configuring the second offset, the paging occasion can be further increased, thereby further reducing the paging delay and the service delay.
  • the second offset can also make the first paging frame corresponding to the first offset
  • the time domain position of the paging occasion is more accurate, that is, the time domain position of the paging occasion can also be adjusted through the second offset, so that the time domain position of the paging occasion is more accurate, and the terminal device detects paging.
  • the success rate of the message is more accurate, that is, the time domain position of the paging occasion can also be adjusted through the second offset, so that the time domain position of the paging occasion is more accurate, and the terminal device detects paging.
  • the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
  • the index of a paging occasion in the first DRX cycle may be based on a second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and the paging included in a first paging frame
  • the total number of occasions is determined.
  • the terminal device can determine according to a second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and the total number of paging occasions included in a first paging frame An index of paging occasions.
  • the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
  • the reference time can be configured by the network device.
  • the reference time can be a point in time or a time period.
  • the reference time can indicate business conditions, for example, it can indicate the time when the business is busy, or the time when the business is idle.
  • the length of the DRX cycle can be related to the business conditions. For example, for busy times of business, it is hoped that the length of the DRX cycle can be shorter, so that the terminal device can detect paging messages in time, reduce the paging delay, and reduce the business. Time delay. For the relatively idle time of the business, it is hoped that the length of the DRX cycle can be longer, so as to reduce the power consumption of the terminal equipment as much as possible without affecting the business. Therefore, the length of the DRX cycle can be determined according to the reference time, and the length of the determined DRX cycle can be adapted to the service, which is more reasonable.
  • the reference time indicates the busy time of the service
  • the reference time is the time point
  • the interval between the time domain position of the first DRX cycle and the reference time is shorter, the length of the first DRX cycle is shorter, and if The longer the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time, the longer the length of the first DRX cycle. Since the closer to the reference time, the busier the service and the greater the possibility of receiving the paging message, the length of the first DRX cycle may be shorter, so that the terminal device can detect the paging message at as many paging occasions as possible. The farther away from the reference time, the more idle the service and the lower the possibility of receiving paging messages.
  • the length of the first DRX cycle can be longer, so that the terminal device does not need to detect paging messages at too many paging occasions, saving The power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the reference time indicates the idle time of the service, and the reference time is a point in time, if the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time is shorter, the length of the first DRX cycle is longer, and If the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time is longer, the length of the first DRX cycle is shorter.
  • the length of the first DRX cycle may be shorter, so that the terminal device can detect the paging message at as many paging occasions as possible.
  • the closer to the reference time the more idle the service and the lower the possibility of receiving paging messages. Therefore, the length of the first DRX cycle can be longer, so that the terminal device does not need to detect paging messages at too many paging occasions, saving The power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the service information may include the current service information of the terminal device, or the information of the service to be performed by the terminal device, or the information of the current service and the information of the service to be performed by the terminal device.
  • the DRX expectation information may indicate the DRX configuration expected by the terminal device. For example, the DRX expectation information can indicate the number of DRX cycles expected by the terminal device (that is, how many DRX cycles it wants to configure), and can also indicate the length of each DRX cycle that the terminal device expects to configure, and it can also indicate that the terminal device expects The number or value of the first offset corresponding to each type of DRX cycle configured.
  • the terminal device can send service information to the network device, and the network device can determine the DRX configuration of the terminal device according to the service information, so that the configuration result of the network device can meet the service requirements of the terminal device; or the terminal device can also configure the DRX desired configuration
  • the information is sent to the network device, and the network device can refer to the DRX desired configuration information when determining the DRX configuration of the terminal device, so that the configuration result of the network device is more in line with the requirements of the terminal device.
  • the network device is an access network device or a core network device.
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application can be the access network device or the core network device. If the network device is a core network device, the message between the terminal device and the core network device can be forwarded through the access network device.
  • a second paging method includes: determining at least one piece of DRX configuration information, where the first DRX configuration information included is used to configure a first DRX cycle, and the first DRX cycle corresponds to a plurality of first DRX cycles.
  • the offset, the first offset is used to indicate the time domain position of the paging frame; the first message is sent to the terminal device, and the first message includes the at least one DRX configuration information; Part or all of a paging frame sends paging messages.
  • the method may be executed by a second communication device, and the second communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip.
  • the second communication device is a network device, or a chip set in the network device for realizing the function of the network device, or other component used for realizing the function of the network device.
  • the second communication device is a network device.
  • the network device may be an access network device or a core network device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the paging message is sent in the second paging frame, the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset, and the third offset is determined through a second DRX cycle, and the second DRX cycle Is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
  • the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate the application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle, and the at least one DRX cycle passes through the at least one DRX cycle.
  • DRX configuration information is configured.
  • the execution information includes sequence information of the at least one DRX cycle; or,
  • the execution information is a bitmap bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle in the at least one DRX cycle.
  • the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
  • the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
  • the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
  • the method further includes:
  • Receive service information and/or DRX expectation information from the terminal device where the service information includes information about ongoing or upcoming services, and the DRX expectation information is used to indicate a desired DRX configuration.
  • a third paging method includes: receiving a first message from a network device, where the first message includes at least two pieces of DRX configuration information, and the at least two pieces of DRX configuration information are used to configure at least Two DRX cycles, including the first DRX cycle corresponding to one or more first offsets, the first offsets are used to indicate the time domain position of the first paging frame; according to one or more of the The first offset determines a plurality of the first paging frames; and detecting a paging message from the network device in one or more of the first paging frames.
  • the method may be executed by a third communication device, and the third communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip.
  • the third communication device is a terminal device, or a chip set in the terminal device for realizing the function of the terminal device, or other component used for realizing the function of the terminal device.
  • the third communication device is a terminal device.
  • At least two DRX cycles can be configured for the terminal device, and by configuring different DRX cycles, the DRX configuration of the terminal device can adapt to the service requirements of the terminal device as much as possible. For example, when the service of the terminal device is relatively busy, the terminal device can use a shorter DRX cycle to reduce the paging delay, thereby reducing the service delay. When the service of the terminal device is relatively idle, the terminal device can use a longer DRX cycle to reduce the number of invalid detections of the terminal device and reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • one or more first offsets may be configured for the first DRX cycle of the at least two DRX cycles, for example, multiple first offsets are configured, so that multiple first offsets can be determined according to the multiple first offsets.
  • Paging frames network devices can send paging messages in these paging frames, and terminal devices can also detect paging messages in these paging frames, which is equivalent to increasing the number of paging occasions, so that the terminal device can The detection of paging messages is more flexible.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset, and the third offset is determined through a second DRX cycle,
  • the second DRX cycle is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
  • the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate application times corresponding to the at least two DRX cycles.
  • the execution information includes sequence information of the at least two DRX cycles; or,
  • the execution information is a bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle of the at least two DRX cycles.
  • determining one of the one or more first paging frames according to one or the first offset includes:
  • the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
  • the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
  • the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device is an access network device or a core network device.
  • a fourth paging method includes: determining at least two DRX configuration information, the at least two DRX configuration information is used to configure at least two DRX cycles, and the included first DRX cycle corresponds to one Or multiple first offsets, where the first offset is used to indicate the time domain position of the first paging frame; sending a first message to the terminal device, the first message including the at least two DRX configurations Information; sending a paging message in part or all of one or more of the first paging frames.
  • the method may be executed by a fourth communication device, and the fourth communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip.
  • the fourth communication device is a network device, or a chip set in the network device for realizing the function of the network device, or other component used for realizing the function of the network device.
  • the fourth communication device is a network device.
  • the network device may be an access network device or a core network device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the paging message is sent in the second paging frame, the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset, and the third offset is determined through a second DRX cycle, and the second DRX cycle Is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
  • the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate application times corresponding to the at least two DRX cycles.
  • the execution information includes sequence information of the at least two DRX cycles; or,
  • the execution information is a bitmap bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle of the at least two DRX cycles.
  • the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
  • the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
  • the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
  • the method further includes:
  • Receive service information and/or DRX expectation information from the terminal device where the service information includes information about ongoing or upcoming services, and the DRX expectation information is used to indicate a desired DRX configuration.
  • a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the first communication device as described above.
  • the first communication device is configured to execute the method in the foregoing first aspect or any possible implementation manner.
  • the first communication device may include a module for executing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may also be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the first communication device is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a terminal device.
  • the first communication device is a terminal device.
  • the transceiver module may also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module may also be implemented by a processor.
  • the sending module may be implemented by a transmitter
  • the receiving module may be implemented by a receiver.
  • the transmitter and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, and a codec in the communication device.
  • the transceiver (or transmitter and receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface is connected to the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Information is sent and received through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • the introduction is continued with the first communication device being a terminal device, and the processing module and the transceiver module as examples. among them,
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive a first message from a network device, where the first message includes at least one piece of DRX configuration information, and the first DRX configuration information included therein is used to configure a first DRX cycle, and the first DRX cycle Corresponding to multiple first offsets, where the first offsets are used to indicate the time domain position of the paging frame;
  • the processing module is configured to determine a plurality of the first paging frames according to a plurality of the first offsets
  • the transceiver module is further configured to detect paging messages from the network device in a plurality of the first paging frames.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to detect a paging message from the network device in a second paging frame, and the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset Yes, the third offset is determined by a second DRX cycle, and the second DRX cycle is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
  • the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate the application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle, and the at least one DRX cycle passes through the at least one DRX cycle.
  • DRX configuration information is configured.
  • the execution information includes sequence information of the at least one DRX cycle; or,
  • the execution information is a bitmap bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle in the at least one DRX cycle.
  • the processing module is configured to determine, according to a first offset among the plurality of first offsets, in the plurality of first paging frames in the following manner A first paging frame:
  • the frame number of the one first paging frame is determined according to the one first offset, the length of the first DRX cycle, and the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle.
  • the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
  • the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
  • the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send service information and/or DRX expectation information to the network device, where the service information includes information about ongoing or upcoming services, and The DRX expectation information is used to indicate the desired DRX configuration.
  • the network device is an access network device or a core network device.
  • a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the second communication device as described above.
  • the second communication device is used to execute the method in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible implementation manner.
  • the second communication device may include a module for executing the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may also be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the second communication device is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the second communication device is a network device.
  • the transceiver module may also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module may also be implemented by a processor.
  • the sending module may be implemented by a transmitter
  • the receiving module may be implemented by a receiver.
  • the transmitter and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, and a codec in the communication device.
  • the transceiver (or, transmitter and receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface is connected to a radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Information is sent and received through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • the second communication device is continued to be a network device, and the processing module and the transceiver module are used as examples for the introduction. among them,
  • the processing module is configured to determine at least one piece of DRX configuration information, where the first DRX configuration information included is used to configure a first DRX cycle, the first DRX cycle corresponds to multiple first offsets, and the first offset
  • the shift is used to indicate the time domain position of the paging frame;
  • the transceiver module is configured to send a first message to a terminal device, where the first message includes the at least one piece of DRX configuration information;
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send a paging message in part or all of the plurality of first paging frames.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send a paging message in a second paging frame, the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset, and the third The offset is determined by the second DRX cycle, and the second DRX cycle is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
  • the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate the application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle, and the at least one DRX cycle passes through the at least one DRX cycle.
  • DRX configuration information is configured.
  • the execution information includes sequence information of the at least one DRX cycle; or,
  • the execution information is a bitmap bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle in the at least one DRX cycle.
  • the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
  • the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
  • the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive service information and/or DRX desired information from the terminal device, where the service information includes information about ongoing or upcoming services, so The DRX expectation information is used to indicate the expected DRX configuration.
  • a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the aforementioned third communication device.
  • the third communication device is used to execute the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner.
  • the third communication device may include a module for executing the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may also be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the third communication device is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a terminal device.
  • the third communication device is a terminal device.
  • the transceiver module may also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module may also be implemented by a processor.
  • the sending module may be implemented by a transmitter
  • the receiving module may be implemented by a receiver.
  • the transmitter and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, and a codec in the communication device.
  • the third communication device is a chip set in the communication device
  • the transceiver (or, the transmitter and the receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface is connected to the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Information is sent and received through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • the third communication device is continued to be a terminal device, and the processing module and the transceiver module are used as examples for the introduction. among them,
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive a first message from a network device, the first message including at least two DRX configuration information, and the at least two DRX configuration information is used to configure at least two DRX cycles, including the first message
  • One DRX cycle corresponds to one or more first offsets, where the first offsets are used to indicate the time domain position of the first paging frame;
  • the processing module is configured to determine a plurality of the first paging frames according to one or more of the first offsets
  • the transceiver module is further configured to detect a paging message from the network device in one or more of the first paging frames.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to detect a paging message from the network device in a second paging frame, and the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset Yes, the third offset is determined by a second DRX cycle, and the second DRX cycle is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
  • the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate application times corresponding to the at least two DRX cycles.
  • the execution information includes sequence information of the at least two DRX cycles; or,
  • the execution information is a bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle of the at least two DRX cycles.
  • the processing module is configured to determine a first paging frame among the one or more first paging frames according to one or the first offset in the following manner :
  • the frame number of the one first paging frame is determined according to the first offset, the length of the first DRX cycle, and the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle.
  • the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
  • the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
  • the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send service information and/or DRX expectation information to the network device, where the service information includes information about ongoing or upcoming services, and The DRX expectation information is used to indicate the desired DRX configuration.
  • the network device is an access network device or a core network device.
  • a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the fourth communication device as described above.
  • the fourth communication device is used to execute the method in the foregoing fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner.
  • the fourth communication device may include a module for executing the method in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may also be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the fourth communication device is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the fourth communication device is a network device.
  • the transceiver module may also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module may also be implemented by a processor.
  • the sending module may be implemented by a transmitter
  • the receiving module may be implemented by a receiver.
  • the transmitter and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, and a codec in the communication device.
  • the fourth communication device is a chip set in the communication device
  • the transceiver (or, the transmitter and the receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface is connected to the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Information is sent and received through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • the fourth communication device is continued to be a network device, and the processing module and the transceiver module are used as examples for the introduction. among them,
  • the processing module is configured to determine at least two DRX configuration information, where the at least two DRX configuration information is used to configure at least two DRX cycles, and the included first DRX cycle corresponds to one or more first offsets, The first offset is used to indicate the time domain position of the first paging frame;
  • the transceiver module is configured to send a first message to a terminal device, where the first message includes the at least two DRX configuration information;
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send a paging message in part or all of one or more of the first paging frames.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send a paging message in a second paging frame, the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset, and the third The offset is determined by the second DRX cycle, and the second DRX cycle is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
  • the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate application times corresponding to the at least two DRX cycles.
  • the execution information includes sequence information of the at least two DRX cycles; or,
  • the execution information is a bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle of the at least two DRX cycles.
  • the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
  • the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
  • the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive service information and/or DRX desired information from the terminal device, where the service information includes information about ongoing or upcoming services, so The DRX expectation information is used to indicate the expected DRX configuration.
  • a communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is, for example, the first communication device as described above.
  • the communication device includes a processor.
  • it may also include a memory for storing computer instructions.
  • the processor and the memory are coupled with each other, and are used to implement the methods described in the first aspect or various possible implementation manners.
  • the first communication device may not include a memory, and the memory may be located outside the first communication device.
  • the first communication device may further include a communication interface for communicating with other devices or equipment.
  • the processor, the memory, and the communication interface are coupled with each other, and are used to implement the methods described in the first aspect or various possible implementation manners.
  • the first communication device when the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, the first communication device is caused to execute the method in the foregoing first aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners.
  • the first communication device is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a terminal device.
  • the communication interface is realized by a transceiver (or a transmitter and a receiver) in the communication device, for example, the transceiver is realized by an antenna, a feeder and a receiver in the communication device. Codec and other implementations.
  • the communication interface is, for example, an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins, etc., and the communication interface is connected to the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Information is sent and received through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • a communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is, for example, the second communication device as described above.
  • the communication device includes a processor.
  • it may also include a memory for storing computer instructions.
  • the processor and the memory are coupled with each other, and are used to implement the methods described in the second aspect or various possible implementation manners.
  • the second communication device may not include a memory, and the memory may be located outside the second communication device.
  • the second communication device may further include a communication interface for communicating with other devices or equipment.
  • the processor, the memory, and the communication interface are coupled with each other, and are used to implement the methods described in the second aspect or various possible implementation manners.
  • the second communication device when the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, the second communication device is caused to execute the method in the second aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners.
  • the second communication device is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the communication interface is realized by, for example, a transceiver (or transmitter and receiver) in the communication device.
  • the transceiver is realized by an antenna, a feeder, and a receiver in the communication device. Codec and other implementations.
  • the communication interface is, for example, an input/output interface of the chip, such as an input/output pin, etc., and the communication interface is connected to a radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Information is sent and received through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • a communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is, for example, the aforementioned third communication device.
  • the communication device includes a processor.
  • it may also include a memory for storing computer instructions.
  • the processor and the memory are coupled with each other, and are used to implement the methods described in the third aspect or various possible implementation manners.
  • the third communication device may not include a memory, and the memory may be located outside the third communication device.
  • the third communication device may further include a communication interface for communicating with other devices or equipment.
  • the processor, the memory, and the communication interface are coupled with each other to implement the methods described in the third aspect or various possible implementation manners.
  • the third communication device when the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, the third communication device is caused to execute the method in the third aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners.
  • the third communication device is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a terminal device.
  • the communication interface is realized by a transceiver (or a transmitter and a receiver) in the communication device, for example, for example, the transceiver is realized by an antenna, a feeder and a receiver in the communication device. Codec and other implementations.
  • the communication interface is, for example, an input/output interface of the chip, such as an input/output pin, etc., and the communication interface is connected to a radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Information is sent and received through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • a communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is, for example, the fourth communication device as described above.
  • the communication device includes a processor.
  • it may also include a memory for storing computer instructions.
  • the processor and the memory are coupled with each other, and are used to implement the methods described in the fourth aspect or various possible implementation manners.
  • the fourth communication device may not include a memory, and the memory may be located outside the fourth communication device.
  • the fourth communication device may further include a communication interface for communicating with other devices or equipment.
  • the processor, the memory, and the communication interface are coupled with each other, and are used to implement the methods described in the fourth aspect or various possible implementation manners.
  • the fourth communication device when the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, the fourth communication device is caused to execute the method in the fourth aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners.
  • the fourth communication device is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the communication interface is realized by, for example, a transceiver (or a transmitter and a receiver) in the communication device, for example, the transceiver is realized by an antenna, a feeder and a receiver in the communication device. Codec and other implementations.
  • the fourth communication device is a chip set in a communication device, the communication interface is, for example, an input/output interface of the chip, such as an input/output pin, etc., and the communication interface is connected to a radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Information is sent and received through radio frequency transceiver components.
  • a first communication system includes the communication device described in the fifth aspect or the communication device described in the ninth aspect, and the communication device described in the sixth aspect or the communication device described in the tenth aspect. Communication device.
  • a second communication system includes the communication device according to the seventh aspect or the communication device according to the eleventh aspect, and the communication device according to the eighth aspect or the communication device according to the twelfth aspect. Mentioned communication device.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store computer instructions that, when the computer instructions run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the first aspect or any one of the foregoing. The method described in one possible implementation.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are executed on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the second aspect or any one of the foregoing.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are executed on a computer, the computer executes the third aspect or any one of the foregoing. The method described in one possible implementation.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are executed on a computer, the computer executes the fourth aspect or any one of the foregoing. The method described in one possible implementation.
  • a computer program product containing instructions is provided.
  • the computer program product is used to store computer instructions.
  • the computer instructions run on a computer, the computer executes the first aspect or any one of the above. The method described in one possible implementation.
  • a computer program product containing instructions is provided.
  • the computer program product is used to store computer instructions.
  • the computer instructions When executed on a computer, the computer can execute the second aspect or any one of the foregoing. The method described in one possible implementation.
  • a computer program product containing instructions is provided, the computer program product is used to store computer instructions, and when the computer instructions run on a computer, the computer executes the third aspect or any of the above The method described in one possible implementation.
  • a computer program product containing instructions is provided, the computer program product is used to store computer instructions, and when the computer instructions run on a computer, the computer executes the fourth aspect or any of the foregoing The method described in one possible implementation.
  • the paging frame by increasing the paging frame, it is equivalent to increasing the number of paging occasions in the paging frame. Because the number of paging occasions in the paging frame is increased, there is no need to configure the length of the DRX cycle to be smaller, so as to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device. Even if the DRX cycle is configured to be larger, the paging message can be sent in time, and the paging delay can also be reduced, thereby reducing the service delay.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram showing that the length of the DRX cycle is too short and the terminal equipment consumes a lot of power;
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of a long time delay caused by an excessively long DRX cycle
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of the first paging method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of determining the length of the DRX cycle according to the reference time in an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a first paging frame included in a first DRX cycle determined by a terminal device in an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device executing two DRX cycles in time sharing in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device simultaneously executing two DRX cycles in an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of a second paging method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a first terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a first network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a second type of terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a second type of network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • 15 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 16 is still another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 17 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • Terminal devices including devices that provide users with voice and/or data connectivity, specifically, include devices that provide users with voice, or include devices that provide users with data connectivity, or include devices that provide users with voice and data connectivity Sexual equipment.
  • it may include a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the terminal device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), exchange voice or data with the RAN, or exchange voice and data with the RAN.
  • RAN radio access network
  • the terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device communication (device-to-device, D2D) terminal equipment, vehicle to everything (V2X) terminal equipment , Machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, Internet of things (IoT) terminal equipment, light UE, subscriber unit ( subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), User terminal (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • M2M/MTC Machine-to-machine/machine-type communications
  • IoT Internet of things
  • it may include mobile phones (or “cellular” phones), computers with mobile terminal equipment, portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, mobile devices with built-in computers, and so on.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • PCS cordless phones
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistants
  • restricted devices such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • GPS global positioning system
  • laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes Wait.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a kind of hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • Use such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • the various terminal devices described above if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be regarded as vehicle-mounted terminal equipment, for example, the vehicle-mounted terminal equipment is also called on-board unit (OBU). ).
  • OBU on-board unit
  • the terminal device may also include a relay. Or it can be understood that everything that can communicate with the base station can be regarded as a terminal device.
  • the device for realizing the function of the terminal device may be a terminal device, or a device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the terminal device.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the device used to implement the functions of the terminal is a terminal device as an example to describe the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • Network equipment including, for example, access network (AN) equipment, such as a base station (e.g., access point), which may refer to equipment that communicates with wireless terminal equipment through one or more cells on the air interface in the access network
  • AN access network
  • a base station e.g., access point
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • the base station can be used to convert the received air frame and IP packet to each other, as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network can include the IP network.
  • the RSU can be a fixed infrastructure entity that supports V2X applications, and can exchange messages with other entities that support V2X applications.
  • the network equipment can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface.
  • the network equipment may include a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional NodeB) in a long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A) system, Or it may also include the next generation node B (gNB) in the 5th generation (5G) NR system (also referred to as the NR system) or cloud access network (cloud access network).
  • LTE long term evolution
  • NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional NodeB evolutional NodeB
  • LTE-A long term evolution-advanced
  • gNB next generation node B
  • 5G NR system also referred to as the NR system
  • cloud access network cloud access network
  • the centralized unit (CU) and distributed unit (DU) in the radio access network (Cloud RAN) system are not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • the network equipment may also include core network equipment.
  • the core network equipment includes, for example, access and mobility management functions (AMF) or user plane functions (UPF).
  • AMF access and mobility management functions
  • UPF user plane functions
  • the device used to implement the function of the network device may be a network device, or a device capable of supporting the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the network device.
  • the device used to implement the functions of the network equipment is a network device as an example to describe the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • DRX Discontinuous reception
  • the terminal device can periodically enter the sleep state without monitoring the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH).
  • the DRX has different implementation mechanisms in three states: the RRC idle state, the RRC inactive state, and the RRC connected state. Among them, DRX in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state is also called IDLE DRX. Under IDLE DRX, the terminal device mainly monitors paging, and the terminal device monitors a paging occasion in a DRX cycle (DRX cycle). If the terminal device has service data transmission, it often needs to enter the RRC connected state from the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
  • At least one means one or more, and "plurality” means two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character "/” generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship.
  • "The following at least one item (a)” or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a).
  • at least one item (a) of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple .
  • first and second are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or order of multiple objects. Importance.
  • first information and the second information are only for distinguishing different signaling, but do not indicate the difference in content, priority, sending order, or importance of the two types of information.
  • the information exchanged between terminal equipment and base stations is carried through physical channels.
  • the data sent by the base station that is, downlink data
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • the control information sent by the base station that is, downlink control information
  • the base station can send a synchronization signal block (synchronization signal block, SSB).
  • SSB synchronization signal block
  • An SSB includes a primary synchronization signal (PSS), a secondary synchronization signal (SSS), and a physical broadcast channel (PBCH) , PSS and SSS can synchronize the terminal equipment with the base station, and the PBCH is used to carry the master information block (MIB).
  • PSS primary synchronization signal
  • SSS secondary synchronization signal
  • PBCH physical broadcast channel
  • the base station can send paging messages to terminal devices in RRC idle mode, or RRC sleeping mode (sleeping mode), or RRC inactive mode to initiate paging messages to these terminal devices. Paging to wake up these terminal devices.
  • the paging message is sent in paging occasion (PO).
  • the candidate resource of PO is composed of periodic paging search space (search space) and control resource set (CORESET).
  • search space search space
  • CORESET control resource set
  • the terminal device in the idle state can receive paging messages through DRX, and the terminal device only receives/detects/detects the paging message in the PO corresponding to itself.
  • a specific The specific POs that the terminal device detects are determined by the terminal device’s identification number (ID) and other parameters.
  • a terminal device in an RRC idle state or an RRC inactive state when a terminal device in an RRC idle state or an RRC inactive state receives a paging message through DRX, it will calculate the PO that the terminal device should detect according to the parameters configured by the base station and the ID of the terminal device.
  • the system frame number (system frame number, SFN) of the paging frame (paging frame, PF) in which the PO is detected by the terminal device in a DRX cycle, and the index of the PO in the PF corresponding to the SFN can be obtained from the following The formula is determined:
  • the index i s of PO in the SFN satisfies:
  • SFN represents the system frame number of the paging frame
  • PF_offset represents the offset of the PF
  • T represents the DRX cycle
  • N represents the total number of PF included in a DRX cycle
  • N s represents the PO contained in a PF
  • mod represents the modulo operation
  • UE_ID represents the amount obtained according to the ID of the terminal device
  • floor(x) represents the rounding of x down.
  • PF offset , T, N, N s, etc. are all configured by the network device, and UE_ID is determined according to the ID of the terminal device.
  • the UE_ID may be the last 10 digits of the 5G-short-temporary mobile subscriber identity (5G-S-TMSI) of the terminal device.
  • 5G-S-TMSI 5G-short-temporary mobile subscriber identity
  • a PO can include s consecutive PDCCH detection opportunities, where s is the number of SSBs actually sent by the base station in one half frame.
  • the terminal device in a DRX cycle T, the terminal device only detects a paging message in a unique PO in a unique PF corresponding to the ID of the terminal device.
  • an enhanced DRX (enhanced DRX, eDRX) mechanism is introduced in order to support a longer sleep period of terminal equipment.
  • the eDRX cycle is generally longer than the DRX cycle.
  • the terminal device first needs to determine the paging corresponding to the ID of the terminal device in a longer eDRX cycle.
  • Super frame number paging hyper-SFN, PH-SFN
  • paging hyper-SFN, PH-SFN paging hyper-SFN
  • PTW paging time window
  • PH-SFN satisfies:
  • H-SFN mod T eDRX, H (UE_ID_H mod T eDRX, H ) (Formula 3)
  • the starting SFN of PTW satisfies:
  • i eDRX satisfies:
  • TeDRX H represents the period of eDRX
  • the unit of TeDRX H is a super frame
  • L represents the length of the PTW
  • the unit of L is a second.
  • i eDRX represents the index of the starting SFN of the PTW in one SFN cycle (in units of 256 SFNs).
  • the value range of i eDRX is ⁇ 0,1,2,3 ⁇ , and these 4 values respectively indicate that the starting SFN of the PTW is the ⁇ 0,256,412,768 ⁇ th SFN in an SFN cycle.
  • PTW start represents the start SFN of PTW.
  • TeDRX, H and L are all configured by network equipment.
  • UE_ID_H is determined according to the ID of the terminal device, for example, the upper 10 digits or the upper 12 digits of the hash ID (hashed ID) of the terminal device.
  • eDRX is very similar to DRX.
  • eDRX and DRX can be used in combination. The combination is as follows: the terminal device determines a unique PH according to the UE_ID_H of the terminal device, and determines a unique PTW in the PH; then the terminal device further determines that the terminal device is in the The only PF in the PTW and the only PO in the PF are determined, so that the terminal device detects the paging message in the PO.
  • the DRX cycle configured for terminal equipment is single, that is, one type of DRX cycle is configured for one terminal equipment.
  • RRC idle state DRX (or eDRX+DRX)
  • the PO detected by the terminal device is periodic and evenly distributed.
  • the arrival characteristics of the downlink service of the terminal equipment are adapted to the DRX cycle, for example, the interval of the downlink service arrival of the terminal equipment is 100ms, and the length of the DRX cycle is also about 100ms, then the downlink service arrival of the terminal equipment ,
  • the terminal equipment will not have too much delay when receiving paging messages from the base station, and the terminal equipment can also sleep most of the time to reduce energy consumption.
  • the existing DRX mechanism may not be able to adapt to the service characteristics of terminal devices.
  • the downlink services of some terminal devices may have the characteristic of being "relatively concentrated".
  • the central controller will take samples in the first 10 minutes of each hour from 00:00 to 05:00 every morning. Trigger several terminal devices, such as sensors, to collect temperature/humidity data every 10 seconds. Then, if the length of the DRX cycle is set to be small, during most of the time from 00:00 to 05:00, the terminal device's waking up and the operation of detecting paging messages are unnecessary, which consumes the terminal in vain. Refer to Figure 1 for the power of the device.
  • each grid in the second row represents the length of a DRX cycle
  • the rectangular box in the first row represents a downlink service. It can be seen that no downlink service arrives most of the time, but the terminal device still needs to perform detection according to a smaller DRX cycle, the multiple detection processes of the terminal device are invalid, and the power consumption is also large. However, if the length of the DRX cycle is set to be larger, it may cause the terminal device to be in a dormant state when the downlink service arrives, and there is still a long time before the next wake-up, which in turn causes the downlink service delay to be too long. Refer to the figure. 2.
  • each grid in the second row represents the length of a DRX cycle
  • the rectangular box in the first row represents a downlink service.
  • the terminal device is still in a dormant state, and it needs to be detected at the beginning of the next DRX cycle. This leads to too long a delay for the terminal device to receive a paging message, which leads to a long service delay.
  • the first DRX cycle can be configured for the terminal device, and multiple first offsets can be configured for the first DRX cycle, so that multiple paging frames can be determined according to the multiple first offsets, Network devices can send paging messages in these paging frames, and terminal devices can also detect paging messages in these paging frames.
  • By adding paging frames it is equivalent to increasing the number of paging occasions in the paging frames. . Because the number of paging occasions in the paging frame is increased, there is no need to configure the length of the DRX cycle to be smaller, so as to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device. Even if the DRX cycle is configured to be larger, the paging message can be sent in time, and the paging delay can also be reduced, thereby reducing the service delay.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application can be applied to the 4th generation (4G) mobile communication technology (the 4th generation, 4G) system, such as the LTE system, or can be applied to the 5G system, such as the NR system, or can also be applied to the next generation
  • the 4th generation, 4G 4th generation
  • the 5G system such as the NR system
  • the next generation For mobile communication systems or other similar communication systems, as long as there is one entity that can initiate paging to another entity, there is no specific limitation.
  • the air interface communication process between the network device and the terminal device is taken as an example.
  • the technical solution provided by the embodiment of this application can also be applied to a sidelink (SL). As long as one terminal device can initiate paging to another terminal device.
  • SL sidelink
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to device-to-device (D2D) scenarios, can be NR D2D scenarios, LTE D2D scenarios, etc., or can be applied to vehicle-to-everything (vehicle to everything) scenarios.
  • everything (V2X) scenario it can be NR V2X scenario or LTE V2X scenario, etc., for example, it can be applied to the Internet of Vehicles, such as V2X, LTE-V, vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), etc., or can be used for Intelligent driving, intelligent networked vehicles and other fields.
  • the access network device 1 serves the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2 through a wireless transmission method
  • the access network device 2 serves the terminal device 3 through a wireless transmission method.
  • the access and mobility management function (AMF) entity or the user plane function (UPF) entity adopts wired methods (such as next generation (NG)-control (C)/C)/ A user (user, U) interface) is connected to the access network device 1 and the access network device 2.
  • the access network device 1 and the access network device 2 may be connected in a wired manner (such as an Xn interface).
  • AMF is responsible for terminal equipment access and mobility management, and can initiate paging to terminal equipment.
  • UPF can also initiate paging to terminal devices.
  • the access network device can also initiate paging to the terminal device.
  • the access network device 1 can initiate paging to the terminal device 1 or the terminal device 2, and the access network device 2 can initiate paging to the terminal device 3.
  • Fig. 3 is an NR system as an example, but the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to an LTE system and the like. If the embodiments of this application are applied to an LTE system, the core network equipment may not be AMF/UPF, but may be a mobility management entity (MME), for example. Alternatively, if the embodiments of the present application are applied to other communication systems, core network equipment or base stations, etc. may also be replaced with implementation forms in the corresponding communication system.
  • MME mobility management entity
  • the access network device in FIG. 3 is, for example, a base station.
  • the access network equipment corresponds to different equipment in different systems.
  • a 4G system it can correspond to an access network equipment in 4G, eNB, and in a 5G system, it corresponds to an access network equipment in 5G, such as gNB.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to future mobile communication systems. Therefore, the access network equipment in FIG. 3 can also correspond to the access network equipment in the future mobile communication system.
  • Figure 3 takes the access network device as a base station as an example.
  • the access network device may also be a device such as an RSU.
  • the terminal device in FIG. 3 uses a mobile phone as an example.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the mobile phone.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a first paging method. Please refer to FIG. 4, which is a flowchart of this method. In the following introduction process, the application of this method to the network architecture shown in FIG. 3 is taken as an example.
  • the network device described below may be a core network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, such as AMF or UPF, or may also be Is the access network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, for example, the access network device 1 or the access network device 2; if the network device described below is the core network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, Then the terminal device described below may be any one of the terminal device 1 to terminal device 3 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, or if the network device described below is the network shown in FIG.
  • the access network device 1 in the architecture, the terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 or the terminal device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, and if the network device described below is shown in FIG. 3
  • the terminal device described below may be the terminal device 3 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3.
  • the interaction between the network device and the terminal device can be forwarded through the access network device, for example, the terminal device sends a message to the network device.
  • Information can be forwarded to the core network device through the access network device, and paging messages issued by the core network device can also be forwarded to the terminal device through the access network device.
  • the terminal device sends the service information and/or the DRX desired information to the network device. Specifically, the terminal device sends the service information, or sends the DRX desired information, or sends the service information and the DRX desired information to the network device. If the terminal device sends business information to the network device, the network device receives the business information from the terminal device; if the terminal device sends the desired DRX information to the network device, the network device receives the desired DRX information from the terminal device; if the terminal device sends the desired DRX information to the network device When the service information and the DRX expectation information are sent, the network device receives the service information and the DRX expectation information from the terminal device.
  • the service information may include information about the ongoing service of the terminal device, or information about the service to be performed by the terminal device, or information about the ongoing service and the information of the service to be performed by the terminal device.
  • the DRX expectation information may indicate the DRX configuration expected by the terminal device.
  • the DRX expectation information can indicate the number of DRX cycles expected by the terminal device (that is, how many DRX cycles it wants to configure), and can also indicate the length of each DRX cycle that the terminal device expects to configure, and it can also indicate that the terminal device expects The number or value of the first offset corresponding to each type of DRX cycle configured. The concept of the first offset will be introduced in the next step.
  • a terminal device can send service information to a network device, and the network device can determine the DRX configuration of the terminal device based on the service information; or, the terminal device can also send DRX desired configuration information to the network device, and the network device is determining the terminal device
  • the DRX configuration information of the device can be referred to the DRX desired configuration information, so that the configuration result of the network device is more in line with the requirements of the terminal device.
  • S41 is only an optional step, not mandatory.
  • the terminal device may also send a first notification message to the network device before S41, and the network device receives the first notification message from the terminal device ,
  • the first notification message indicates that the terminal device can support the configuration of at least one DRX cycle, and supports the configuration of multiple first offsets for one or more of the DRX cycles. It is equivalent to whether the terminal device supports the DRX configuration of the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can inform the network device first, so as to facilitate subsequent configuration of the network device.
  • the terminal device sends the DRX desired configuration information to the network device, it is because the DRX desired configuration information sent by the terminal device has implicitly indicated that the terminal device can support the configuration of at least one DRX cycle, and support for one or more DRX cycles.
  • Multiple first offsets are periodically configured, therefore, the terminal device may no longer need to send the first notification message to the network device, so as to save signaling overhead.
  • the terminal device may also send the first notification message to the network device to indicate that the terminal device can support the configuration of at least one DRX cycle and support one or more of them.
  • the DRX period configures multiple first offsets, which also makes the indication more clear.
  • the network device it is also possible to instruct the network device to support the configuration of at least one DRX cycle, and to support the configuration of multiple first offsets for one or more of the DRX cycles, through a broadcast message or the like. In this way, after receiving the broadcast message, the terminal device can also know whether the network device supports the DRX configuration provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device may send the first notification message first, and the network device may send the broadcast message after receiving the first notification message; or the network device may send the broadcast message first, and the terminal device may send the first notification message to the network device after receiving the broadcast message; or ,
  • the terminal device sending the first notification message and the network device sending the broadcast message can occur together; or, although the network device sends the broadcast message, the terminal device can send the first notification message to the network device when the broadcast message is not received, and vice versa
  • the network device may also send the broadcast message when the first notification message is not received.
  • sending the first notification message by the terminal device to the network device and sending the broadcast message by the network device are only optional steps.
  • the terminal device and the network device may also support the DRX configuration provided in the embodiment of the present application by default, or do not support the DRX configuration provided in the embodiment of the present application by default.
  • the network device determines at least one piece of DRX configuration information.
  • the network device can determine the DRX configuration of the terminal device according to the service information; or, if the network device receives the DRX desired configuration information from the terminal device, the network device When determining the DRX configuration of the terminal device, the desired DRX configuration information can be referred to, so that the configuration result of the network device is more in line with the requirements of the terminal device.
  • the network device can negotiate with the terminal device to determine the final DRX configuration information, then the at least one DRX configuration information may be the network device and the terminal device The result of the negotiation.
  • the network device may not negotiate with the terminal device, but determine the final DRX configuration information by itself, that is, determine the at least one DRX configuration information.
  • the network device can determine the DRX configuration of the terminal device according to the historical service information, historical DRX configuration, or other information of the terminal device, that is, determine the at least one DRX configuration information.
  • Each DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information can configure one type of DRX cycle, that is, at least one DRX configuration information can configure at least one DRX cycle.
  • the number of at least one DRX cycle may be greater than or equal to 1. If the number of at least one DRX cycle is greater than 1, then in the at least one DRX cycle, the lengths of different DRX cycles may be different, or, there may be some The length of the DRX cycle is the same. But even if the lengths of the two DRX cycles are the same, they are considered to be two different DRX cycles, but the lengths are the same.
  • the at least one DRX configuration information includes first DRX configuration information, and the first DRX configuration information may be used to configure the first DRX cycle.
  • the first DRX configuration information may configure information such as the length of the first DRX cycle (ie, time domain length).
  • the first DRX cycle is one of at least one DRX cycle.
  • the network device can determine the length of the DRX cycle of the terminal device according to the service information; or, if the network device receives the DRX desired configuration information from the terminal device, The network device can refer to the DRX desired configuration information when determining the length of the DRX cycle of the terminal device, so that the configuration result of the network device is more in line with the requirements of the terminal device. If S41 is not performed, for example, the network device may determine the length of the DRX cycle of the terminal device according to the historical service information, historical DRX configuration, or other information of the terminal device.
  • the length of the first DRX cycle can be determined according to the time domain location and the reference time of the first DRX cycle, or in other words, the network device can be determined according to the first DRX cycle.
  • the time domain location where the DRX cycle is located and the reference time determine the length of the first DRX cycle.
  • the reference time can be configured by the network device.
  • the service information or DRX desired configuration information sent by the terminal device to the network device may include information about the reference time, the network device may determine the reference time, and reconfigure it to the terminal device through the first message, or the network device The device may also send the reference time to the terminal device through other messages (for example, the second message). Or S41 is not executed, the network device may determine the reference time according to the terminal device’s historical service information, historical DRX configuration, or other information, and may reconfigure it to the terminal device through the first message, or the network device may also use the second message Send the reference time to the terminal device.
  • the reference time may indicate the busy time or idle time of the business.
  • the reference time can be a point in time or a time period.
  • the reference time indicates the busy time of the service
  • the reference time is the time point
  • the length of the first DRX cycle is shorter, and if The longer the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time, the longer the length of the first DRX cycle. Since the closer to the reference time, the busier the service and the greater the possibility of receiving the paging message, the length of the first DRX cycle may be shorter, so that the terminal device can detect the paging message at as many paging occasions as possible. The farther away from the reference time, the more idle the service and the lower the possibility of receiving paging messages. Therefore, the length of the first DRX cycle can be longer, so that the terminal device does not need to detect paging messages at too many paging occasions, saving The power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the reference time indicates the idle time of the service
  • the reference time is a point in time
  • the length of the first DRX cycle is longer
  • the length of the first DRX cycle is shorter. Because the farther away from the reference time, the busier the service and the greater the possibility of receiving the paging message, the length of the first DRX cycle can be shorter, so that the terminal device can detect the paging message at as many paging occasions as possible. The closer to the reference time, the more idle the service and the lower the possibility of receiving paging messages. Therefore, the length of the first DRX cycle can be longer, so that the terminal device does not need to detect paging messages at too many paging occasions, saving The power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the reference time is a time point
  • the length of the first DRX cycle may satisfy the following relationship:
  • T ref represents any one of the sets ⁇ T ref1 , T ref2 , ... ⁇ , which is a reference time set, and the set includes one or more reference times, that is, T ref1 , T ref2 , «All indicate reference time.
  • t represents the time domain position of the first DRX cycle.
  • the time domain position of a DRX cycle for example, refers to the start time domain position, or the end time domain position of the DRX cycle, or the center time domain position, or any time domain position within the DRX cycle.
  • T thres1 , T thres2 ,..., T thres(k-1) representing k thresholds.
  • the k thresholds can be configured by the network device.
  • the length of all DRX cycles or each of the partial DRX cycles in at least one DRX cycle can be determined according to the reference time, for example, the length can be determined according to Formula 7.
  • FIG. 5 is an example in which the length of the DRX cycle is determined according to the reference time.
  • Fig. 5 uses the reference time to indicate the busy time of the business as an example. It can be seen that in Figure 7, the distance between the time domain position and the reference time 1 is less than the first threshold DRX cycle, the length is T1, and the distance between the time domain position and the reference time 1 is greater than the first threshold and less than the second threshold.
  • the threshold DRX cycle has a length of T2, and T2 is greater than T1.
  • the distance between the time domain position and the reference time 2 is less than the first threshold value of the DRX cycle
  • the length is T3
  • the distance between the time domain position and the reference time 1 is greater than the first threshold value and less than the second threshold value of the DRX cycle
  • the length T4 is greater than T4.
  • T3 and T1 may be equal or unequal
  • T2 and T4 may be equal or unequal.
  • the reference time may also be a time period.
  • the length of the DRX cycle is T1; and when the time domain position of a DRX cycle is outside the time period corresponding to the reference time , The length of the DRX cycle is T2.
  • the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to a situation where a network device configures a terminal device with multiple reference times, and the multiple reference times correspond to respective time periods.
  • the length of the DRX cycle is T1; when the time domain position of a DRX cycle is outside of P1 and in P2, the length of the DRX cycle is T2... ...
  • the DRX cycle length is TM; when the time domain location of a DRX cycle is outside PM, the DRX cycle The period length is T(M+1).
  • the network device may not determine the length of the DRX cycle according to the reference time, but determine the length of the DRX cycle according to other factors, which is not specifically limited.
  • the first DRX cycle corresponds to, for example, multiple first offsets.
  • the first DRX configuration information may configure multiple first offsets corresponding to the first DRX cycle.
  • It may include the offset PF_offset common to the cell, or may not include the offset common to the cell.
  • the first offset may indicate the time domain position of the paging frame, or in other words, the time domain position of a paging frame may be determined according to a first offset. Therefore, the first offset in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as the paging frame offset, or may have other names, and the names do not constitute a limitation on the characteristics.
  • the time domain position of the paging frame and the first offset can be considered to have a one-to-one correspondence, or in other words, the paging frame and the first offset can be considered to have a one-to-one correspondence.
  • the paging frame in the first DRX cycle is called the first paging frame.
  • the multiple first offsets corresponding to the first DRX cycle the multiple first paging frames in the first DRX cycle can be determined.
  • the time domain position of the paging frame and the first offset corresponding to the first paging frame and the first DRX cycle are in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • the first DRX configuration information can also be configured to correspond to at least one DRX cycle.
  • the second offset where one of the at least one second offset can be used to determine a paging occasion. Therefore, the second offset can also be referred to as a paging occasion offset, Or there can be other names, and the name does not constitute a restriction on the feature.
  • each of all or part of the multiple first offsets corresponding to the first DRX cycle may correspond to one or more second offsets, so that the multiple first offsets Corresponds to at least one second offset in total.
  • the terminal device has only one paging occasion in a paging frame that can be used to detect paging messages, and if in this embodiment of the application, a first offset corresponding to the first DRX cycle corresponds to multiple
  • the second offset is equivalent to that, for the first paging frame corresponding to the first offset, the terminal device may have multiple paging occasions to detect paging in the first paging frame news. It can be seen that by configuring the second offset, the paging occasion can be further increased, thereby further reducing the paging delay and the service delay.
  • the second offset can also make the first paging frame corresponding to the first offset
  • the time domain position of the paging occasion is more accurate, that is, the time domain position of the paging occasion can also be adjusted through the second offset, so that the time domain position of the paging occasion is more accurate, and the terminal device detects paging.
  • the success rate of the message is more accurate, that is, the time domain position of the paging occasion can also be adjusted through the second offset, so that the time domain position of the paging occasion is more accurate, and the terminal device detects paging.
  • At least one DRX configuration information includes only the first DRX configuration information, which is equivalent to that at least one DRX configuration information configures only one type of DRX cycle, that is, the first DRX cycle.
  • multiple first offsets can be configured for the first DRX cycle, so that multiple paging frames (that is, multiple first paging frames) can be determined according to the multiple first offsets. Paging frames), the network device may send paging messages in these first paging frames, and the terminal device may also detect paging messages in these first paging frames.
  • the network device may send paging messages in these first paging frames, and the terminal device may also detect paging messages in these first paging frames.
  • the at least one DRX configuration information includes other DRX configuration information in addition to the first DRX configuration information, for example, also includes the second DRX configuration information.
  • the second DRX configuration information may be used to configure the second DRX cycle.
  • the second DRX configuration information may configure information such as the length of the second DRX cycle (ie, the length of the time domain).
  • the second DRX cycle is one of at least one DRX cycle.
  • the second DRX cycle corresponds to one or more third offsets, or in other words, the second DRX configuration information may configure the second DRX cycle to correspond to one or more third offsets.
  • the paging frame in the second DRX cycle is called the second paging frame.
  • the multiple second paging frames in the second DRX cycle can be determined.
  • the time domain position of the paging frame, the second paging frame and the third offset corresponding to the second DRX cycle are in a one-to-one correspondence. If the number of at least one DRX configuration information is greater than 2, then at least one DRX configuration information can include other DRX configuration information in addition to the first DRX configuration information and the second DRX configuration information. In short, one DRX configuration information can configure one DRX configuration information. This kind of DRX cycle, other DRX configuration information will not be described here too much.
  • At least one DRX configuration information can configure at least one DRX cycle. If the number of at least one DRX configuration information is greater than 1, then each DRX cycle in the at least one DRX cycle can correspond to the first offset (third offset The amount and the first offset are just to distinguish different DRX cycles, so they are given different names, but they are all paging frame offsets, so they are considered to be the same type of feature, or in fact, they can all be regarded as "First offset"), or, it may be that part of the DRX cycle in at least one DRX cycle corresponds to the first offset, and the remaining DRX cycle may not correspond to the first offset provided in this embodiment of the application .
  • each DRX cycle in the at least one DRX cycle can correspond to the second offset, or it can also be part of the DRX cycle in the at least one DRX cycle Corresponds to the second offset, and the remaining DRX cycle may not correspond to the second offset provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the second DRX configuration information can be configured In the second DRX cycle, in addition to configuring one or more third offsets corresponding to the second DRX cycle, it is also possible to configure the second DRX cycle to correspond to at least one second offset.
  • the number of second offsets corresponding to different DRX cycles may be the same or different.
  • the number of second offsets corresponding to the first DRX cycle and the number of second offsets corresponding to the second DRX cycle may be the same or different.
  • each of all or part of the one or more third offsets corresponding to the second DRX cycle may correspond to one or more second offsets, so that the second DRX cycle corresponds to A total of one or more third offsets corresponds to at least one second offset.
  • the second DRX configuration information may not configure the second offset corresponding to the second DRX cycle, that is, the first DRX cycle may correspond to the second offset, but the second DRX cycle may not correspond to the second offset .
  • the network device may configure a type of DRX cycle (for example, the first DRX cycle) for the terminal device.
  • a type of DRX cycle for example, the first DRX cycle
  • configuring a DRX cycle can meet the service requirements of the terminal equipment and reduce the implementation complexity of the terminal equipment.
  • the first DRX cycle may also include multiple first paging frames, the network device may send paging messages in these first paging frames, and the terminal device may also detect paging messages in these first paging frames .
  • the terminal device may perform multiple services, and different services have different requirements, or although the terminal device only performs one type of service, the characteristics of the service in different time periods are different, or the DRX expectation configuration of the terminal device indicates the terminal
  • the network device can configure multiple DRX cycles for the terminal device.
  • the terminal equipment can use different DRX cycles for different services, or can use different DRX cycles at different times, which can effectively reduce the power consumption of the terminal equipment and reduce the service delay.
  • the DRX configuration of the terminal device can meet the service requirements of the terminal device as much as possible.
  • each of the DRX cycles can also include one or more paging frames.
  • the network device can send paging messages in these paging frames, and the terminal device can also detect the paging messages in these paging frames.
  • Increasing the paging frame is equivalent to increasing the paging occasion, and the paging message can be sent in time, which further reduces the service delay.
  • the network device sends a first message to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first message from the network device.
  • the first message may include the at least one piece of DRX configuration information.
  • the network device can send the at least one DRX configuration information to the terminal device through the first message, so that the terminal device can obtain the at least one DRX configuration information, and thus can determine the DRX configuration of the terminal device.
  • the first message is, for example, high-level signaling, such as RRC signaling or media access control control element (MAC CE), etc., or may also be dynamic signaling, such as downlink control information (DCI) ), etc., or the first message can also be other messages.
  • high-level signaling such as RRC signaling or media access control control element (MAC CE), etc.
  • MAC CE media access control control element
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the terminal device determines multiple first paging frames according to multiple first offsets corresponding to the first DRX cycle.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives at least one DRX configuration information, because the first DRX configuration information included in the at least one DRX configuration information can configure the first DRX cycle, the terminal device can determine the multiple corresponding to the first DRX cycle according to the first DRX configuration information.
  • the first offset Of course, information such as the length of the first DRX cycle can also be determined according to the first DRX configuration information.
  • the terminal device may determine the time domain position of a first paging frame according to each of the multiple first offsets, thereby The time domain positions of the multiple first paging frames can be determined according to the multiple first offsets.
  • the terminal device needs to determine the time domain position of a first paging frame according to a first offset among a plurality of first offsets.
  • One way of determining is that the terminal device determines the time domain position of a first paging frame according to the first offset and the first offset.
  • Information such as the length of a DRX cycle and the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle determines the frame number (ie, system frame number) of a first paging frame.
  • the terminal device may determine a first page based on the first offset, the length of the first DRX cycle, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and the ID of the terminal device, etc.
  • the frame number of the frame is a first page based on the first offset, the length of the first DRX cycle, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and the ID of the terminal device, etc. The frame number of the frame.
  • the terminal device can determine the frame number of a first paging frame.
  • the frame number of a first paging frame determined by the terminal device may satisfy the following relationship:
  • SFN represents the frame number of the first paging frame
  • P offset represents the first offset
  • T represents the length of the first DRX cycle
  • N represents the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle.
  • Number, N s represents the number of paging occasions included in a first paging frame
  • mod represents modulo operation
  • UE_ID represents the amount obtained according to the ID of the terminal device
  • floor(x) represents rounding x down.
  • UE_ID may be the last 10 digits of the 5G-S-TMSI of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can determine the frame number of a first paging frame. For the multiple first paging frames corresponding to the multiple first offsets, the terminal device can determine the frame numbers of the multiple first paging frames in a similar manner. Of course, in addition to Formula 8, the terminal device may also determine the frame number of the first paging frame in other ways, and there is no specific limitation.
  • FIG. 6 a schematic diagram of the first paging frame included in the first DRX cycle determined for the terminal device.
  • Figure 5 takes the first DRX cycle corresponding to five first offsets as an example.
  • the terminal device can determine the time domain positions of the five first paging frames according to the five first offsets.
  • the paging frames are the first paging frame 1, the first paging frame 2, the first paging frame 3, the first paging frame 4, and the first paging frame 5. Refer to Figure 6 for the location of the domain.
  • the terminal device may also determine a paging occasion according to each second offset in the at least one second offset, or determine paging The time domain position of the occasion, so that at least one paging occasion in the first DRX cycle can be determined according to the at least one second offset.
  • the terminal device determines the paging occasion, for example, it may be an index for determining the paging occasion. Since half of the total number of paging occasions included in a paging frame are determined, the time domain position of a paging occasion can be located according to the index of the paging occasion.
  • the index of a paging occasion in the first DRX cycle may be based on a second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and the paging included in a first paging frame
  • the total number of occasions is determined.
  • the terminal device can determine according to a second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and the total number of paging occasions included in a first paging frame An index of paging occasions.
  • the index i s of a paging occasion determined by the terminal device may satisfy the following relationship:
  • N s _offset represents the second offset
  • N represents the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle
  • N s represents the number of paging occasions included in a first paging frame
  • Mod represents the modulo operation
  • UE_ID represents the amount obtained according to the ID of the terminal device
  • floor(x) represents the rounding of x down.
  • the terminal device can determine the index of a paging occasion. For at least one paging occasion corresponding to the at least one second offset, the terminal device can determine the index of the at least one paging occasion in a similar manner. Of course, in addition to formula 9, the terminal device can also determine the index of the paging occasion in other ways, which is not specifically limited.
  • the second offset By configuring the second offset, the flexibility of the terminal device to receive paging messages can be adjusted more finely in the time dimension.
  • multiple second offsets are configured for one first offset, it is equivalent to increasing the number of paging occasions in the paging frame, so that the number of paging occasions is further increased, which can further increase the number of paging occasions. Reduce paging delay and service delay.
  • the terminal device can determine the first paging frame in each first DRX cycle according to the formula 2 introduced above The index of the paging occasion.
  • the terminal device only needs to determine the first DRX cycle and determine the time domain positions of the multiple first paging frames corresponding to the first DRX cycle, of course it is optional Yes, the index of the paging occasion corresponding to the first DRX cycle can also be determined.
  • the terminal device may also determine the time domain position of the corresponding paging frame according to the other DRX configuration information.
  • the terminal device can also determine the corresponding paging occasion.
  • At least one piece of DRX configuration information includes not only the first DRX configuration information, but also the second DRX configuration information. Then, the terminal device may determine one or more third offsets corresponding to the second DRX cycle according to the second DRX configuration information. Of course, information such as the length of the second DRX cycle can also be determined according to the second DRX configuration information. After determining the one or more third offsets corresponding to the second DRX cycle, the terminal device may determine the timing of a second paging frame according to each first offset of the one or more third offsets. The domain position, thus, the time domain position of one second paging frame can be determined according to one, or the time domain position of multiple second paging frames can be determined according to multiple. For the manner in which the terminal device determines the time domain position of the second paging frame, refer to the foregoing description of the manner in which the terminal device determines the first paging frame.
  • the terminal device may also determine at least one paging occasion according to the at least one second offset.
  • the terminal device may also determine the second paging frame in the second DRX cycle according to the formula 2 introduced above The index of the paging occasion.
  • the terminal device can correspondingly determine the specific configuration of the at least one DRX cycle.
  • the network device sends a paging message in part or all of the first paging frames in the plurality of first paging frames, and the terminal device detects the paging message from the network device in the plurality of first paging frames.
  • the network device may not send paging messages in the multiple first paging frames, but the terminal device still detects the paging messages from the network device in the multiple first paging frames.
  • the network device may send a paging message at some or all of the paging occasions included in the plurality of first paging frames, and the terminal device may detect messages from the network device at all paging occasions included in the plurality of first paging frames. Paging message.
  • the network device may not send paging messages in the multiple first paging frames, but the terminal device still detects the paging messages from the network device at all paging occasions included in the multiple first paging frames.
  • the network device sends a paging message at part of the paging occasions included in the plurality of first paging frames, and each first paging frame in the plurality of first paging frames includes the part of the paging occasion One or more, it can be considered that the network device sends a paging message in all the first paging frames in the multiple first paging frames; or, if the network device is paging in the part of the multiple first paging frames When the paging occasion sends a paging message, and if there is a first paging frame in the multiple first paging frames that does not include any of these paging occasions, it can be considered that the network device is in the multiple first paging frames Part of the first paging frame in sends a paging message.
  • the network device sends the paging message at all paging occasions included in the multiple first paging frames, it is deemed that the network device sends the paging message in all the first paging frames among the multiple first paging frames.
  • the terminal device may detect paging messages from the network device in the plurality of first paging frames. If at least one DRX configuration information configures other DRX cycles in addition to the first DRX cycle, the terminal device can also determine paging frames in other DRX cycles, that is, the terminal device can configure at least one DRX cycle. Paging frames in all indicated DRX cycles detect paging messages from network devices.
  • At least one piece of DRX configuration information includes first DRX configuration information
  • the terminal device determines multiple first paging frames
  • at least one piece of DRX configuration information further includes second DRX configuration information
  • the terminal device determines one or more second paging frames. Paging frame, the terminal device will detect the paging message from the network device in multiple first paging frames and one or more second paging frames.
  • the terminal device It involves how to determine the application time of these various DRX cycles.
  • the first message may further include execution information, and the execution information may indicate an application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle.
  • the execution information may include sequence information of at least one DRX cycle, and the sequence information is equivalent to indicating the application time corresponding to the at least one DRX cycle.
  • the order of different DRX cycles may be different, or there may be two or more DRX cycles in the same order, which indicates that these two or more DRX cycles are executed at the same time.
  • the execution information may indicate "T0-T1-T0-T0-T1", which indicates that the order of execution of these two DRX cycles is: first execute cycle T0, then Execute cycle T1, then cycle T0, then cycle T0, and then cycle T1.
  • the terminal device can execute these two DRX cycles in this order.
  • the execution information may indicate "T0(T1)", or indicate "T0 and T1", both of which indicate that the terminal device needs to execute the cycle T1 and the cycle T2 at the same time.
  • the execution information may include a bitmap, and the number of bits included in the bitmap may be greater than or equal to the number of at least one DRX cycle, then each The bits can indicate a kind of DRX cycle application information. If the network device configures K DRX cycles for the terminal device, each ceil(log 2 (K)) bits in the bitmap can indicate the application information of a DRX cycle, where ceil(log 2 (K)) represents Returns the smallest integer greater than or equal to log 2 (K).
  • the bitmap is equivalent to indicating the application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle.
  • a DRX cycle can correspond to one or more bits in the bitmap.
  • the application information of the DRX cycle indicated by the bits in the bitmap is, for example, the sequence of the DRX cycle or the execution time of the DRX cycle.
  • the execution of the DRX cycle described in the various embodiments of the present application can also be understood as applying the DRX cycle, or in other words, performing detection according to the DRX cycle.
  • the terminal device executes the first DRX cycle
  • the terminal device applies the first DRX cycle, or in other words, the terminal device performs detection according to the first DRX cycle.
  • the completion of the execution of one DRX cycle can also be understood as the completion of the application of one DRX cycle, or in other words, the completion of detection according to the DRX cycle.
  • the terminal device has completed the execution of the first DRX cycle, it can be understood that the terminal device has completed the application of the first DRX cycle, or in other words, the terminal device has completed the detection according to the first DRX cycle.
  • the term “execute” can also be understood as “application”, or as detection based on the DRX cycle.
  • the number of bits of the bitmap included in the first message can be greater than or equal to 2, and the number of bits of the bitmap is equal to 2.
  • one of the two bits indicates the application information of the first DRX cycle
  • the other bit of the two bits indicates the application information of the second DRX cycle.
  • the application information refers to the sequence, for example, the DRX cycle indicated by the high-order bit of the bitmap can be executed first, and the DRX cycle indicated by the low-order bit of the bitmap can be executed later.
  • the high-order bit of the bitmap indicates the first DRX cycle.
  • the low-order bits of the bitmap indicate the application information of the second DRX cycle, and the terminal device can determine to execute the first DRX cycle first and then execute the second DRX cycle. Or it may be that the DRX cycle indicated by the higher bits of the bitmap may be executed first, and the DRX cycle indicated by the lower bits of the bitmap may be executed later, and there is no specific limitation.
  • the execution information may include the execution time information of the at least one DRX cycle, or it is referred to as application time information.
  • the application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle can be indicated through the execution time information, and this indication method is relatively straightforward.
  • the execution information may include at least one execution time information, and the execution time information has a one-to-one correspondence with the DRX cycle.
  • the number of at least one DRX cycle is 2, which are respectively the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle, and the execution information includes time information 1 of the first DRX cycle and time information 2 of the second DRX cycle, such as time information 1.
  • time information 2 is 00:01:00, indicating that the terminal device needs to execute the first DRX cycle at 00:00:00 and the second DRX cycle at 00:01:00.
  • time information 1 is 00:00:00 and the time information 2 is 00:00:00, indicating that the terminal device needs to execute the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle at 00:00:00, that is, The first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle are executed simultaneously.
  • the execution information may also include other information, as long as the execution information can indicate the application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle.
  • the first message may not include execution information, and the terminal device may determine the application time corresponding to the at least one DRX cycle in another manner. For example, if the number of at least one DRX cycle is greater than 1, the terminal device can randomly determine the execution time of the at least one DRX cycle; or the terminal device can also determine the execution time of the at least one DRX cycle according to the service situation of the terminal device Or, the at least one configuration information included in the first message actually has a certain order, for example, in the first message, the first DRX configuration information is located before the second DRX configuration information, and the terminal device can configure the at least one configuration information The sequence is used as the sequence of at least one DRX cycle. For example, in the first message, if the first DRX configuration information is located before the second DRX configuration information, the terminal device can determine to execute the first DRX cycle first and then execute the second DRX cycle.
  • the terminal device can execute the at least one DRX cycle to detect the paging message from the network device.
  • At least one DRX cycle includes a first DRX cycle and a second DRX cycle
  • the execution information included in the first message indicates that the order of the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle is T0-T1-T1-T1-T0
  • T0 represents the first DRX cycle
  • T1 represents the second DRX cycle
  • the terminal device may first detect the paging message from the network device in the multiple first paging frames in the first DRX cycle. At the end of the first DRX cycle or after the end, the terminal device executes the second DRX cycle.
  • One or more second paging frames in the DRX cycle detect the paging message from the network device, and after the second DRX cycle ends, the terminal device executes the second DRX cycle, and so on.
  • the first DRX cycle includes two first paging frames, namely the first paging frame 1 and the first paging frame 2, and the second DRX includes one second paging frame. It is regarded as a time-sharing execution of the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle by the terminal device.
  • the lower part of Figure 7 shows how the terminal device actually executes the DRX cycle.
  • the terminal device can detect paging messages at different times more flexibly. For example, if the terminal device has different working modes in different time periods, or runs different services, it can execute different DRX cycles in time sharing. For example, if a terminal device needs to transmit different services at different times, it can use different DRX cycles at different times to adapt to the current service energy consumption and delay requirements.
  • At least one DRX cycle includes a first DRX cycle and a second DRX cycle
  • the terminal device determines that the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle are executed simultaneously
  • the terminal device may perform multiple first DRX cycles in the first DRX cycle.
  • the paging frame detects the paging message from the network device
  • one or more second paging frames in the second DRX cycle detects the paging message from the network device.
  • the first DRX cycle includes two first paging frames, namely the first paging frame 1 and the first paging frame 2
  • the second DRX includes three second paging frames, which are respectively the first paging frame.
  • FIG. 8 can be regarded as a situation in which the terminal device simultaneously executes the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle.
  • the last row of Figure 8 represents the actual implementation of the DRX cycle by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can detect paging messages at different times more flexibly. For example, when the terminal device has mixed services, this situation where multiple DRX cycles are executed at the same time can be more suitable. For example, when multiple services of a terminal device need to be processed in parallel and have different concentration times and periodicities, the terminal device can execute multiple DRX cycles at the same time. For example, one DRX cycle can correspond to one service, so that the DRX configuration can be Adapt to the overall needs of multiple services of the same terminal device.
  • the terminal device can detect paging messages from the network device at all paging occasions included in at least one DRX cycle, and the network device may page each of all paging occasions included in at least one DRX cycle Time to send a paging message, or, the network device may send a paging message at each of the paging occasions included in at least one part of the DRX cycle, or the network device may not send a paging message on at least one of the paging occasions.
  • a paging message is sent at any paging occasion included in a DRX cycle. In other words, whether or not to send a paging message depends on whether it is necessary to page the terminal device.
  • the paging message will not be sent. However, as long as the network device sends a paging message, it will be sent in all paging occasions or part of the paging occasions included in at least one DRX cycle. Therefore, the terminal device is in all paging occasions included in at least one DRX cycle. It is sufficient to detect the paging message at each paging occasion. Since the network device may or may not send a paging message, the arrow used to indicate S45 is a dashed arrow.
  • DRX is mainly taken as an example.
  • the application scheme of the embodiment of the present application can also be extended to eDRX.
  • the network device may configure at least one eDRX cycle for the terminal device, and may configure at least one PTW start position offset in the at least one eDRX cycle.
  • the terminal device determines the PTW for each paging message received according to the at least one eDRX cycle and the corresponding at least one PTW start position offset in the eDRX cycle. Furthermore, the terminal device receives the paging message in the DRX manner in the PTW.
  • the first DRX cycle can be configured for the terminal device, and multiple first offsets can be configured for the first DRX cycle, so that multiple paging frames can be determined according to the multiple first offsets, Network devices can send paging messages in these paging frames, and terminal devices can also detect paging messages in these paging frames.
  • By adding paging frames it is equivalent to increasing the number of paging occasions in the paging frames. . Because the number of paging occasions in the paging frame is increased, there is no need to configure the length of the DRX cycle to be smaller, so as to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device. Even if the DRX cycle is configured to be larger, the paging message can be sent in time, and the paging delay can also be reduced, thereby reducing the service delay.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a second paging method to introduce this solution. Please refer to Figure 9 for a flowchart of this method. In the following introduction process, the application of this method to the network architecture shown in FIG. 3 is taken as an example.
  • the network device described below may be a core network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, such as AMF or UPF, or may also be Is the access network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, for example, the access network device 1 or the access network device 2; if the network device described below is the core network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, Then the terminal device described below may be any one of the terminal device 1 to terminal device 3 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, or if the network device described below is the network shown in FIG.
  • the access network device 1 in the architecture, the terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 or the terminal device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, and if the network device described below is shown in FIG. 3
  • the terminal device described below may be the terminal device 3 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3.
  • the interaction between the network device and the terminal device can be forwarded through the access network device, for example, the terminal device sends a message to the network device.
  • Information can be forwarded to the core network device through the access network device, and paging messages issued by the core network device can also be forwarded to the terminal device through the access network device.
  • the terminal device sends service information and/or DRX desired information to the network device. Specifically, the terminal device sends service information, or sends DRX desired information, or sends service information and DRX desired information to the network device. If the terminal device sends business information to the network device, the network device receives the business information from the terminal device; if the terminal device sends the desired DRX information to the network device, the network device receives the desired DRX information from the terminal device; if the terminal device sends the desired DRX information to the network device When the service information and the DRX expectation information are sent, the network device receives the service information and the DRX expectation information from the terminal device.
  • S91 is only an optional step, not mandatory.
  • the terminal device may also send a first notification message to the network device before S91, and the network device receives the first notification message from the terminal device ,
  • the first notification message indicates that the terminal device can support the configuration of at least one DRX cycle, and supports the configuration of multiple first offsets for one or more of the DRX cycles. It is equivalent to whether the terminal device supports the DRX configuration of the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can inform the network device first, so as to facilitate subsequent configuration of the network device.
  • the network device it is also possible to instruct the network device to support the configuration of at least one DRX cycle, and to support the configuration of multiple first offsets for one or more of the DRX cycles, through a broadcast message or the like. In this way, after receiving the broadcast message, the terminal device can also know whether the network device supports the DRX configuration provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device may send the first notification message first, and the network device may send the broadcast message after receiving the first notification message; or the network device may send the broadcast message first, and the terminal device may send the first notification message to the network device after receiving the broadcast message; or ,
  • the terminal device sending the first notification message and the network device sending the broadcast message can occur together; or, although the network device sends the broadcast message, the terminal device can send the first notification message to the network device when the broadcast message is not received, and vice versa
  • the network device may also send the broadcast message when the first notification message is not received.
  • sending the first notification message by the terminal device to the network device and sending the broadcast message by the network device are only optional steps.
  • the terminal device and the network device may also support the DRX configuration provided in the embodiment of the present application by default, or do not support the DRX configuration provided in the embodiment of the present application by default.
  • the network device determines at least two pieces of DRX configuration information.
  • Each DRX configuration information in the at least two DRX configuration information can configure one type of DRX cycle, that is, at least two DRX configuration information can configure at least two DRX cycles.
  • the number of at least two DRX cycles may be greater than or equal to 2.
  • the lengths of different DRX cycles may be different, or there may be DRX cycles of the same length. But even if the lengths of the two DRX cycles are the same, they are considered to be two different DRX cycles, but the lengths are the same.
  • the at least one DRX configuration information includes first DRX configuration information, and the first DRX configuration information may be used to configure the first DRX cycle.
  • the first DRX configuration information may configure information such as the length of the first DRX cycle (ie, time domain length).
  • the first DRX cycle is one of at least one DRX cycle.
  • the first DRX cycle corresponds to one or more first offsets, or in other words, the first DRX configuration information may configure one or more first offsets corresponding to the first DRX cycle, where the first offset
  • the shift amount may indicate the time domain position of the paging frame, or in other words, the time domain position of a paging frame may be determined according to a first offset. Therefore, the first offset in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as the paging frame offset, or may have other names, and the names do not constitute a limitation on the characteristics.
  • the time domain position of the paging frame and the first offset may be considered to have a one-to-one correspondence, or in other words, the paging frame and the first offset may be considered to have a one-to-one correspondence.
  • the paging frame in the first DRX cycle is called the first paging frame.
  • a first offset corresponding to the first DRX cycle a first paging frame in the first DRX cycle can be determined.
  • the time domain locations of the multiple first paging frames in the first DRX cycle, the first paging frame and the first paging frame can be determined
  • the first offset corresponding to one DRX cycle has a one-to-one correspondence.
  • the first offset may be the new first offset provided in the embodiment of the present application, or may also be the offset common to the cell PF_offset. If the first DRX cycle corresponds to multiple first offsets, the multiple first offsets may include cell-common offsets, or may not include cell-common offsets.
  • the first DRX configuration information can also be configured to correspond to at least one DRX cycle.
  • the second offset where one of the at least one second offset can be used to determine a paging occasion. Therefore, the second offset can also be referred to as a paging occasion offset, Or there can be other names, and the name does not constitute a restriction on the feature.
  • each of all or part of the multiple first offsets corresponding to the first DRX cycle may correspond to one or more second offsets, so that the multiple first offsets Corresponds to at least one second offset in total.
  • the at least two DRX configuration information includes other DRX configuration information in addition to the first DRX configuration information, for example, also includes second DRX configuration information.
  • the second DRX configuration information may be used to configure the second DRX cycle.
  • the second DRX configuration information may configure information such as the length of the second DRX cycle (ie, the length of the time domain).
  • the second DRX cycle is one of at least one DRX cycle.
  • the second DRX cycle corresponds to one or more third offsets, or in other words, the second DRX configuration information may configure the second DRX cycle to correspond to one or more third offsets.
  • the paging frame in the second DRX cycle is called the second paging frame.
  • the multiple second paging frames in the second DRX cycle can be determined.
  • the time domain position of the paging frame, the second paging frame and the third offset corresponding to the second DRX cycle are in a one-to-one correspondence. If the number of at least two DRX configuration information is greater than 2, the at least two DRX configuration information can include other DRX configuration information in addition to the first DRX configuration information and the second DRX configuration information. In short, one DRX configuration information can A DRX cycle is configured, and other DRX configuration information will not be described here.
  • the second DRX configuration information may also configure the second DRX cycle to correspond to at least one second offset.
  • the number of second offsets corresponding to different DRX cycles may be the same or different.
  • the number of second offsets corresponding to the first DRX cycle and the number of second offsets corresponding to the second DRX cycle may be the same or different.
  • each of all or part of the one or more third offsets corresponding to the second DRX cycle may correspond to one or more second offsets, so that the second DRX cycle corresponds to A total of one or more third offsets corresponds to at least one second offset.
  • the second DRX configuration information may not configure the second offset corresponding to the second DRX cycle, that is, the first DRX cycle may correspond to the second offset, but the second DRX cycle may not correspond to the second offset .
  • the network device sends the first message to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first message from the network device.
  • the first message may include the aforementioned at least two DRX configuration information.
  • the terminal device determines one first paging frame according to a first offset corresponding to the first DRX cycle, or determines multiple first paging frames according to multiple first offsets corresponding to the first DRX cycle.
  • the terminal device may also determine a paging occasion according to each second offset in the at least one second offset, or determine paging The time domain position of the occasion, so that at least one paging occasion in the first DRX cycle can be determined according to the at least one second offset.
  • the terminal device determines the paging occasion, for example, it may be an index for determining the paging occasion. Since half of the total number of paging occasions included in a paging frame are determined, the time domain position of a paging occasion can be located according to the index of the paging occasion.
  • the at least one piece of DRX configuration information includes not only the first DRX configuration information, but also the second DRX configuration information. Then, the terminal device may determine one or more third offsets corresponding to the second RX cycle according to the second DRX configuration information. Of course, information such as the length of the second DRX cycle can also be determined according to the second DRX configuration information. After determining the one or more third offsets corresponding to the second DRX cycle, the terminal device may determine the timing of a second paging frame according to each third offset of the one or more third offsets.
  • the domain position thus, the time domain position of one second paging frame can be determined according to a third offset, or the time domain positions of multiple second paging frames can be determined according to a plurality of third offsets.
  • the terminal device determines the time domain position of the second paging frame refer to the foregoing description of the manner in which the terminal device determines the first paging frame.
  • the terminal device may also determine at least one paging occasion according to the at least one second offset.
  • the terminal device may also determine the second paging frame in the second DRX cycle according to the formula 2 introduced above The index of the paging occasion.
  • the terminal device can correspondingly determine the specific configuration of the at least one DRX cycle.
  • the network device sends a paging message in a first paging frame, and the terminal device detects the paging message from the network device in this first paging frame; or, the network device is part of multiple first paging frames Or all the first paging frames send paging messages, and the terminal device detects the paging messages from the network device in all the first paging frames in the multiple first paging frames.
  • the network device may not send paging messages in all first paging frames corresponding to the first DRX cycle, but the terminal device still detects paging messages from the network device in all first paging frames corresponding to the first DRX cycle.
  • the network device may send a paging message at some or all of the paging occasions in a first paging frame, and the terminal device detects each paging occasion in all the paging occasions in this first paging frame A paging message from a network device; or, the network device performs part or all of the paging occasions included in the multiple first paging frames (all the paging occasions included in the multiple first paging frames include multiple first paging occasions). All paging occasions included in each first paging frame in the paging frame) send a paging message, and the terminal device detects that each of the paging occasions included in the multiple first paging frames comes from the network The paging message of the device.
  • the network device may not send the paging message in all the first paging frames corresponding to the first DRX cycle, but the terminal device is still in each paging occasion in all the first paging frames corresponding to the first DRX cycle Detect paging messages from network devices.
  • the network device sends a paging message at part of the paging occasions included in the plurality of first paging frames, and each first paging frame in the plurality of first paging frames includes the part of the paging occasion One or more, it can be considered that the network device sends a paging message in all the first paging frames in the multiple first paging frames; or, if the network device is paging in the part of the multiple first paging frames When the paging occasion sends a paging message, and if there is a first paging frame in the multiple first paging frames that does not include any of these paging occasions, it can be considered that the network device is in the multiple first paging frames Part of the first paging frame in sends paging messages.
  • the network device sends the paging message at all the paging occasions included in the multiple first paging frames, it is deemed that the network device sends the paging message in all the first paging frames among the multiple first paging frames.
  • the terminal device may detect paging messages from the network device in the plurality of first paging frames.
  • the at least two DRX configuration messages may also configure other DRX cycles.
  • the terminal device can also determine paging frames in other DRX cycles, that is, the terminal device can configure at least two DRX cycles. Paging frames in all DRX cycles indicated by the configuration information detect paging messages from network devices.
  • the network device may send a paging message at each of all paging occasions included in at least two DRX cycles, or the network device may send a paging message at a portion of the paging occasions included in at least two DRX cycles.
  • a paging message is sent at each paging occasion in, or the network device may not send a paging message at any paging occasion included in at least two DRX cycles.
  • whether or not to send a paging message depends on whether it is necessary to page the terminal device. If the network device considers that there is no need to page the terminal device, the paging message will not be sent.
  • the network device sends a paging message, it will be sent in all paging occasions or part of the paging occasions included in at least two DRX cycles. Therefore, the terminal device is in all paging occasions included in at least two DRX cycles. It is sufficient to detect the paging message at each paging occasion.
  • DRX is mainly taken as an example.
  • the application scheme of the embodiment of the present application can also be extended to eDRX.
  • one eDRX cycle may include one or more DRX cycles, then configuring the DRX cycle is equivalent to configuring the eDRX cycle.
  • At least two DRX cycles can be configured for the terminal device, and by configuring different DRX cycles, the DRX configuration of the terminal device can adapt to the service requirements of the terminal device as much as possible. For example, when the service of the terminal device is relatively busy, the terminal device can use a shorter DRX cycle to reduce the paging delay, thereby reducing the service delay. When the service of the terminal device is relatively idle, the terminal device can use a longer DRX cycle to reduce the number of invalid detections of the terminal device and reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • one or more first offsets may be configured for the first DRX cycle of the at least two DRX cycles, for example, multiple first offsets are configured, so that multiple first offsets can be determined according to the multiple first offsets.
  • Paging frames network devices can send paging messages in these paging frames, and terminal devices can also detect paging messages in these paging frames, which is equivalent to increasing the number of paging occasions in the paging frame, This makes the detection of the paging message by the terminal device more flexible.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1000 according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication apparatus 1000 is, for example, a terminal device 1000.
  • the terminal device 1000 includes a processing module 1010 and a transceiver module 1020.
  • the terminal device 1000 may be a network device, or may be a chip applied in a terminal device or other combination devices, components, etc. having the above-mentioned terminal device functions.
  • the transceiver module 1020 may be a transceiver
  • the transceiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.
  • the processing module 1010 may be a processor, such as a baseband processor.
  • the baseband processor may include one or more Central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU).
  • the transceiver module 1020 may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 1010 may be a processor, such as a baseband processor.
  • the transceiver module 1020 may be an input/output interface of a chip (such as a baseband chip), and the processing module 1010 may be a processor of the chip system, and may include one or more central processing units.
  • the processing module 1010 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and the transceiver module 1020 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
  • the processing module 1010 may be used to perform all operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, such as S44, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1020 may be used to perform all the receiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, such as S41, S43, and S45, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1020 may be a functional module that can perform both sending and receiving operations.
  • the transceiver module 1020 may be used to perform all the sending operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 And receiving operation, for example, when performing a sending operation, the transceiver module 1020 can be considered as a sending module, and when performing a receiving operation, the transceiver module 1020 can be considered as a receiving module; or, the transceiver module 1020 can also be two functional modules, The transceiver module 1020 can be regarded as a collective term for these two functional modules.
  • the two functional modules are respectively a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module is used to complete the sending operation.
  • the sending module can be used to perform the functions of the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the receiving module is used to complete the receiving operation.
  • the receiving module may be used to perform all the receiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4.
  • the transceiver module 1020 is configured to receive a first message from a network device.
  • the first message includes at least one piece of DRX configuration information.
  • the first DRX configuration information included therein is used to configure a first DRX cycle.
  • the period corresponds to a plurality of first offsets, and the first offsets are used to indicate the time domain position of the paging frame;
  • the processing module 1010 is configured to determine a plurality of the first paging frames according to a plurality of the first offsets
  • the transceiver module 1020 is further configured to detect paging messages from the network device in a plurality of the first paging frames.
  • the transceiver module 1020 is further configured to detect a paging message from the network device in a second paging frame, and the second paging frame is determined according to the third offset
  • the third offset is determined by a second DRX cycle, and the second DRX cycle is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
  • the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate the application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle, and the at least one DRX cycle passes through the at least one DRX cycle.
  • DRX configuration information is configured.
  • the execution information includes sequence information of the at least one DRX cycle; or,
  • the execution information is a bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle in the at least one DRX cycle.
  • the processing module 1010 is configured to determine one of the plurality of first paging frames according to one of the plurality of first offsets in the following manner The first paging frame:
  • the frame number of the one first paging frame is determined according to the one first offset, the length of the first DRX cycle, and the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle.
  • the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
  • the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
  • the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
  • the transceiver module 1020 is further configured to send service information and/or DRX expectation information to the network device, where the service information includes information about ongoing or upcoming services, and the DRX The desired information is used to indicate the desired DRX configuration.
  • the network device is an access network device or a core network device.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1100 according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device 1100 is, for example, a network device 1100.
  • the network device 1100 includes a processing module 1110 and a transceiver module 1120.
  • the network device 1100 may be a network device, or may be a chip applied in the network device or other combination devices, components, etc. having the functions of the network device described above.
  • the transceiver module 1120 may be a transceiver, the transceiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.
  • the processing module 1110 may be a processor, and the processor may include one or more CPUs.
  • the transceiver module 1120 may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 1110 may be a processor, such as a baseband processor.
  • the transceiver module 1120 may be an input/output interface of a chip (such as a baseband chip), and the processing module 1110 may be a processor of the chip system, and may include one or more central processing units.
  • the processing module 1110 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and the transceiver module 1120 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
  • the processing module 1110 may be used to perform all operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, such as S42, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1120 may be used to perform all the receiving operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, such as S41, S43, and S45, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1120 may be a functional module that can perform both sending operations and receiving operations.
  • the transceiver module 1120 may be used to perform all the sending operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 And receiving operations, for example, when performing a sending operation, the transceiver module 1120 can be considered as a sending module, and when performing a receiving operation, the transceiver module 1120 can be considered as a receiving module; or, the transceiver module 1120 can also be two functional modules, The transceiver module 1120 can be regarded as a collective term for these two functional modules.
  • the two functional modules are respectively a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module is used to complete the sending operation.
  • the sending module can be used to perform the embodiment shown in FIG. 4
  • the receiving module is used to complete the receiving operation.
  • the receiving module may be used to perform all the receiving operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4.
  • the processing module 1110 is configured to determine at least one piece of DRX configuration information, and the first DRX configuration information included therein is used to configure a first DRX cycle.
  • the first DRX cycle corresponds to a plurality of first offsets, and the first DRX cycle corresponds to multiple first offsets.
  • the offset is used to indicate the time domain position of the paging frame;
  • the transceiver module 1120 is configured to send a first message to a terminal device, where the first message includes the at least one piece of DRX configuration information;
  • the transceiver module 1120 is further configured to send a paging message in part or all of the plurality of first paging frames.
  • the transceiver module 1120 is further configured to send a paging message in a second paging frame, the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset, and the third offset
  • the amount of shift is determined by a second DRX cycle, and the second DRX cycle is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
  • the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate the application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle, and the at least one DRX cycle passes through the at least one DRX cycle.
  • DRX configuration information is configured.
  • the execution information includes sequence information of the at least one DRX cycle; or,
  • the execution information is a bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle in the at least one DRX cycle.
  • the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
  • the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
  • the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
  • the transceiver module 1120 is further configured to receive service information and/or DRX desired information from the terminal device.
  • the service information includes information about ongoing or upcoming services.
  • the DRX expectation information is used to indicate the desired DRX configuration.
  • the network device 1100 is an access network device or a core network device.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1200 according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication apparatus 1200 is, for example, a terminal device 1200.
  • the terminal device 1200 includes a processing module 1210 and a transceiver module 1220.
  • the terminal device 1200 may be a network device, or may be a chip applied in a terminal device or other combination devices, components, etc. having the above-mentioned terminal device functions.
  • the transceiver module 1220 may be a transceiver.
  • the transceiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit.
  • the processing module 1210 may be a processor, such as a baseband processor.
  • the baseband processor may include one or more CPU.
  • the transceiver module 1220 may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 1210 may be a processor, such as a baseband processor.
  • the transceiver module 1220 may be an input/output interface of a chip (such as a baseband chip), and the processing module 1210 may be a processor of the chip system, and may include one or more central processing units.
  • the processing module 1210 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and the transceiver module 1220 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
  • the processing module 1210 may be used to perform all operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 except for the transceiving operation, such as S94, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1220 may be used to perform all the receiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, such as S91, S93, and S95, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1220 may be a functional module that can perform both sending and receiving operations.
  • the transceiver module 1220 may be used to perform all the sending operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 And receiving operations, for example, when performing a sending operation, the transceiver module 1220 can be considered as a sending module, and when performing a receiving operation, the transceiver module 1220 can be considered as a receiving module; or, the transceiver module 1220 can also be two functional modules, The transceiver module can be regarded as a collective term for these two functional modules.
  • the two functional modules are respectively a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module is used to complete the sending operation.
  • the sending module can be used to perform any of the functions of the embodiment shown in FIG. 9.
  • the receiving module is used to complete the receiving operation.
  • the receiving module may be used to perform all the receiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9.
  • the transceiver module 1220 is configured to receive a first message from a network device, the first message includes at least two DRX configuration information, and the at least two DRX configuration information is used to configure at least two DRX cycles, including The first DRX cycle corresponds to one or more first offsets, where the first offsets are used to indicate the time domain position of the first paging frame;
  • the processing module 1210 is configured to determine a plurality of the first paging frames according to one or more of the first offsets;
  • the transceiver module 1220 is further configured to detect a paging message from the network device in one or more of the first paging frames.
  • the transceiver module 1220 is further configured to detect a paging message from the network device in a second paging frame, and the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset
  • the third offset is determined by a second DRX cycle, and the second DRX cycle is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
  • the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate application times corresponding to the at least two DRX cycles.
  • the execution information includes sequence information of the at least two DRX cycles; or,
  • the execution information is a bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle of the at least two DRX cycles.
  • the processing module 1220 is configured to determine one of the one or more first paging frames according to one or the first offset in the following manner:
  • the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
  • the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
  • the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
  • the transceiver module 1220 is further configured to send service information and/or DRX expected information to the network device, where the service information includes information about ongoing or to-be-executed services, and the DRX The desired information is used to indicate the desired DRX configuration.
  • the network device is an access network device or a core network device.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1300 according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication apparatus 1300 is a network device 1300, for example.
  • the network device 1300 includes a processing module 1310 and a transceiver module 1320.
  • the network device 1300 may be a network device, or may be a chip applied in the network device, or other combination devices, components, etc. having the functions of the foregoing network device.
  • the transceiver module 1320 may be a transceiver, the transceiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.
  • the processing module 1310 may be a processor, and the processor may include one or more CPUs.
  • the transceiver module 1320 may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 1310 may be a processor, such as a baseband processor.
  • the transceiver module 1320 may be an input/output interface of a chip (such as a baseband chip), and the processing module 1310 may be a processor of the chip system, and may include one or more central processing units.
  • the processing module 1310 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and the transceiver module 1320 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
  • the processing module 1310 may be used to perform all operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, such as S92, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1320 may be used to perform all the receiving operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, such as S91, S93, and S95, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1320 may be a functional module that can perform both sending and receiving operations.
  • the transceiver module 1320 may be used to perform all the sending operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9
  • receiving operations for example, when performing a sending operation, the transceiver module 1320 can be considered as a sending module, and when performing a receiving operation, the transceiver module 1320 can be considered as a receiving module; or, the transceiver module 1320 can also be two functional modules, The transceiver module can be regarded as a collective term for these two functional modules.
  • the two functional modules are respectively a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module is used to complete the sending operation.
  • the sending module can be used to execute
  • the receiving module is used to complete the receiving operation.
  • the receiving module may be used to perform all the receiving operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9.
  • the processing module 1310 is configured to determine at least two DRX configuration information, where the at least two DRX configuration information is used to configure at least two DRX cycles, and the first DRX cycle included therein corresponds to one or more first offsets.
  • the first offset is used to indicate the time domain position of the first paging frame;
  • the transceiver module 1320 is configured to send a first message to a terminal device, where the first message includes the at least two DRX configuration information;
  • the transceiver module 1320 is further configured to send a paging message in part or all of the one or more first paging frames.
  • the transceiver module 1320 is further configured to send a paging message in a second paging frame, the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset, and the third offset
  • the amount of shift is determined by a second DRX cycle, and the second DRX cycle is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
  • the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate application times corresponding to the at least two DRX cycles.
  • the execution information includes sequence information of the at least two DRX cycles; or,
  • the execution information is a bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle of the at least two DRX cycles.
  • the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
  • the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
  • the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
  • the transceiver module 1320 is further configured to receive service information and/or DRX desired information from the terminal device, where the service information includes information about ongoing or upcoming services, and The DRX expectation information is used to indicate the desired DRX configuration.
  • the network device 1300 is an access network device or a core network device.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, and the communication device may be a terminal device or a circuit.
  • the communication device can be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 14 shows a simplified schematic diagram of the structure of the terminal device. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate.
  • the terminal device uses a mobile phone as an example.
  • the terminal equipment includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and the processing of radio frequency signals.
  • the antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal devices may not have input and output devices.
  • the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 14 only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 14. In an actual terminal device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device.
  • the memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the antenna and radio frequency circuit with transceiving functions can be regarded as the transceiving unit of the terminal device (the transceiving unit can be a functional unit that can realize the sending and receiving functions; or the transceiving unit can also be It includes two functional units, namely a receiving unit capable of realizing the receiving function and a transmitting unit capable of realizing the transmitting function), and the processor with the processing function is regarded as the processing unit of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device includes a transceiving unit 1410 and a processing unit 1420.
  • the transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, and so on.
  • the processing unit may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and so on.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiving unit 1410 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiving unit 1410 as the sending unit, that is, the transceiving unit 1410 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the transceiver unit may sometimes be called a transceiver, transceiver, or transceiver circuit.
  • the receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit.
  • the transmitting unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
  • transceiving unit 1410 is used to perform sending and receiving operations on the terminal device side in the foregoing method embodiment
  • processing unit 1420 is used to perform other operations on the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment except for the transceiving operation.
  • the processing unit 1420 may be used to perform all operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 except for the transceiving operations, such as S44, and/or to support the operations described herein. Other processes of the described technology.
  • the transceiver unit 1410 may be used to perform all the receiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, such as S41, S43, and S45, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the processing unit 1420 may be used to perform all operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 except for the transceiving operations, such as S94, and/or to support the text. Other processes of the described technique.
  • the transceiving unit 1410 may be used to perform all receiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, such as S91, S93, and S95, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the device may include a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiving unit may be an input/output circuit and/or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit is an integrated processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit.
  • the device shown in FIG. 15 can be referred to.
  • the device can perform functions similar to the processing module 1010 in FIG. 10.
  • the device can perform functions similar to the processing module 1210 in FIG. 12.
  • the device includes a processor 1510, a data sending processor 1520, and a data receiving processor 1530.
  • the processing module 1010 in the foregoing embodiment may be the processor 1510 in FIG. 15 and complete corresponding functions; the transceiver module 1020 in the foregoing embodiment may be the sending data processor 1520 in FIG. 15 and/or receiving data Processor 1530, and complete the corresponding functions.
  • the processing module 1210 in the foregoing embodiment may be the processor 1510 in FIG.
  • the transceiver module 1220 in the foregoing embodiment may be the sending data processor 1520 in FIG. 15, and/or Receive data processor 1530 and complete corresponding functions.
  • the channel encoder and the channel decoder are shown in FIG. 15, it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a restrictive description of this embodiment, and are only illustrative.
  • the processing device 1600 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and a peripheral subsystem.
  • the communication device in this embodiment can be used as the modulation subsystem therein.
  • the modulation subsystem may include a processor 1603 and an interface 1604.
  • the processor 1603 completes the function of the aforementioned processing module 1010
  • the interface 1604 completes the function of the aforementioned transceiver module 1020.
  • the processor 1603 completes the function of the aforementioned processing module 1210
  • the interface 1604 completes the function of the aforementioned transceiver module 1220.
  • the modulation subsystem includes a memory 1606, a processor 1603, and a program stored in the memory 1606 and running on the processor.
  • the processor 1603 executes the program, the terminal device side in the above method embodiment is implemented.
  • Methods It should be noted that the memory 1606 can be non-volatile or volatile, and its location can be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the processing device 1600, as long as the memory 1606 can be connected to the The processor 1603 is fine.
  • the device 1700 includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 1710 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as a digital unit, digital unit, DU) 1720 .
  • RRU 1710 may be referred to as a transceiver module, and the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module, or the transceiver module may be a module capable of implementing sending and receiving functions.
  • the transceiver module may correspond to the transceiver module 1120 in FIG. 11 or may correspond to the transceiver module 1320 in FIG. 13.
  • the transceiver module may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc. It may include at least one antenna 1711 and a radio frequency unit 1712.
  • the RRU 1710 part is mainly used for sending and receiving of radio frequency signals and conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending instruction information to terminal equipment.
  • the 1710 part of the BBU is mainly used to perform baseband processing, control the base station, and so on.
  • the RRU 1710 and the BBU 1720 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the BBU 1720 is the control center of the base station, and may also be called a processing module. It may correspond to the processing module 1110 in FIG. 11, or may correspond to the processing module 1310 in FIG. 13, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel Encoding, multiplexing, modulation, spread spectrum, etc.
  • the BBU processing module
  • the BBU may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, for example, to generate the foregoing indication information.
  • the BBU 1720 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a radio access network with a single access standard (such as an LTE network), or support different access standards. Wireless access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks).
  • the BBU 1720 also includes a memory 1721 and a processor 1722.
  • the memory 1721 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the processor 1722 is used to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 1721 and the processor 1722 may serve one or more boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a first communication system.
  • the first communication system may include the terminal device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and the network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4.
  • the terminal device is, for example, the terminal device 1000 in FIG. 10.
  • the network device is, for example, the network device 1100 in FIG. 11.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a second communication system.
  • the first communication system may include the terminal device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 and the network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9.
  • the terminal device is, for example, the terminal device 1200 in FIG. 12.
  • the network device is, for example, the network device 1300 in FIG. 13.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium that stores a computer program.
  • the computer program When executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method shown in FIG. 4 provided by the foregoing method embodiment. The process related to the network device in the embodiment.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method shown in FIG. 4 provided by the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the process related to the terminal device in the embodiment is not limited to a computer-readable storage medium.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores a computer program.
  • the computer program When the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method shown in FIG. 9 provided by the foregoing method embodiment. The process related to the network device in the embodiment.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method shown in FIG. 9 provided by the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the process related to the terminal device in the embodiment is not limited to a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method shown in FIG. 9 provided by the foregoing method embodiment. The process related to the terminal device in the embodiment.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 provided by the above method embodiment Processes related to network equipment.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 provided by the above method embodiment Processes related to terminal equipment.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 provided by the above method embodiment Processes related to network equipment.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 provided by the above method embodiment Processes related to terminal equipment.
  • processors mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be a CPU, or other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), ready-made Field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic RAM
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic random access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory serial DRAM, SLDRAM
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, or discrete hardware component
  • the memory storage module
  • the size of the sequence number of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not correspond to the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual couplings or direct couplings or communication connections may be indirect couplings or communication connections between devices or units through some interfaces, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer.
  • computer-readable media can include random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), and electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable read-only memory).
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • CD-ROM compact disc read-only memory
  • USB flash disk universal serial bus flash disk
  • mobile hard disk or other optical disk storage
  • disk storage A medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to a paging method, an apparatus and a device. Said method comprises: receiving a first message from a network device, the first message comprising at least one piece of DRX configuration information, the first DRX configuration information included therein being used to configure a first DRX cycle, the first DRX cycle corresponding to a plurality of first offsets, and the first offsets being used to indicate a time domain position of paging frames; determining a plurality of first paging frames according to the plurality of first offsets; and detecting, at the plurality of first paging frames, a paging message from the network device. Increasing paging frames is equivalent to increasing the number of paging occasions within the paging frames. Therefore, even if a large DRX cycle is configured, paging messages can also be sent in a timely manner, and a paging delay is also reduced, thereby reducing a service delay.

Description

一种寻呼方法、装置及设备Paging method, device and equipment 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及移动通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种寻呼方法、装置及设备。This application relates to the field of mobile communication technology, and in particular to a paging method, device and equipment.
背景技术Background technique
当网络设备需要与处于无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)空闲(idle)态或RRC非激活(inactive)态的终端设备进行通信时,会向所述终端设备发送寻呼消息(paging)。为了减小终端设备的功耗,可以为终端设备配置非连续接收(discontinuous reception,DRX)机制,处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备可以通过DRX的方式接收寻呼消息。例如在一个DRX周期中,终端设备只需在与该终端设备对应的寻呼时机(paging occasion,PO)中检测寻呼消息即可,无需在其他时间检测。When a network device needs to communicate with a terminal device in a radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) idle state or an RRC inactive state, a paging message (paging) is sent to the terminal device. In order to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device, a discontinuous reception (DRX) mechanism can be configured for the terminal device, and the terminal device in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state can receive paging messages in a DRX manner. For example, in a DRX cycle, the terminal device only needs to detect the paging message in the paging occasion (PO) corresponding to the terminal device, and does not need to detect the paging message at other times.
目前,为终端设备所配置的DRX周期是单一的,即,为一个终端设备配置一种DRX周期。然而,终端设备的业务可能并不是连续进行的。例如一些终端设备的下行业务可能存在“相对集中”的特征,例如在某工业园区内,每天凌晨的00:00~05:00中的每个小时的前10分钟内,中央控制器会抽样触发若干终端设备,例如传感器,每隔10秒采集一次温度/湿度数据。那么,如果将DRX周期的长度设置的较小,则在00:00~05:00的大部分时间里,终端设备的醒来和检测寻呼消息的操作都是不必要的,白白消耗了终端设备的电量;而如果将DRX周期的长度设置的较大,则可能导致下行业务到达时终端设备处于休眠状态,距离下一次醒来还有很长时间,这又导致下行业务的时延过大。Currently, the DRX cycle configured for the terminal device is single, that is, one type of DRX cycle is configured for one terminal device. However, the terminal equipment business may not be continuous. For example, the downlink services of some terminal equipment may have the characteristics of "relative concentration". For example, in an industrial park, the central controller will trigger sampling in the first 10 minutes of each hour from 00:00 to 05:00 every morning. Several terminal devices, such as sensors, collect temperature/humidity data every 10 seconds. Then, if the length of the DRX cycle is set to be small, during most of the time from 00:00 to 05:00, the terminal device's waking up and the operation of detecting paging messages are unnecessary, which consumes the terminal in vain. The power of the device; and if the length of the DRX cycle is set to be larger, it may cause the terminal device to be in a sleep state when the downlink service arrives, and there is still a long time before the next wake-up, which in turn causes the downlink service delay to be too long .
可见,单一的DRX周期可能无法满足终端设备的业务需求。It can be seen that a single DRX cycle may not be able to meet the service requirements of terminal equipment.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种寻呼方法、装置及设备,可以灵活配置终端设备的寻呼时机,进而减小寻呼时延。The embodiments of the present application provide a paging method, device, and device, which can flexibly configure the paging occasion of the terminal device, thereby reducing the paging delay.
第一方面,提供第一种寻呼方法,该方法包括:接收来自网络设备的第一消息,所述第一消息包括至少一个DRX配置信息,其中包括的第一DRX配置信息用于配置第一DRX周期,所述第一DRX周期对应多个第一偏移量,所述第一偏移量用于指示寻呼帧的时域位置;根据多个所述第一偏移量确定多个所述第一寻呼帧;在多个所述第一寻呼帧检测来自所述网络设备的寻呼消息。In a first aspect, a first paging method is provided. The method includes: receiving a first message from a network device, where the first message includes at least one piece of DRX configuration information, and the first DRX configuration information included therein is used to configure a first DRX cycle, the first DRX cycle corresponds to a plurality of first offsets, and the first offset is used to indicate the time domain position of the paging frame; and the plurality of offsets are determined according to the plurality of first offsets. The first paging frame; detecting paging messages from the network device in a plurality of the first paging frames.
该方法可由第一通信装置执行,第一通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片。示例性地,所述第一通信装置为终端设备,或者为设置在终端设备中的用于实现终端设备的功能的芯片,或者为用于实现终端设备的功能的其他部件。在下文的介绍过程中,以第一通信装置是终端设备为例。The method may be executed by a first communication device, and the first communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip. Exemplarily, the first communication device is a terminal device, or a chip set in the terminal device for realizing the function of the terminal device, or other component used for realizing the function of the terminal device. In the following introduction process, it is taken as an example that the first communication device is a terminal device.
在本申请实施例中,可以为终端设备配置第一DRX周期,且可以为第一DRX周期配置多个第一偏移量,从而根据多个第一偏移量可以确定多个寻呼帧,网络设备可以在这些寻呼帧内发送寻呼消息,终端设备也可以在这些寻呼帧内检测寻呼消息,通过增加寻呼帧,相当于增加了寻呼帧内的寻呼时机的个数。因为增加了寻呼帧内的寻呼时机的个数,则可 以无需将DRX周期的长度配置的较小,以减小终端设备的功耗。而即使将DRX周期配置的较大,寻呼消息也可以及时发送,也可以减小寻呼时延,从而减小业务时延。In the embodiment of the present application, the first DRX cycle can be configured for the terminal device, and multiple first offsets can be configured for the first DRX cycle, so that multiple paging frames can be determined according to the multiple first offsets, Network devices can send paging messages in these paging frames, and terminal devices can also detect paging messages in these paging frames. By adding paging frames, it is equivalent to increasing the number of paging occasions in the paging frames. . Because the number of paging occasions in the paging frame is increased, there is no need to configure the length of the DRX cycle to be smaller, so as to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device. Even if the DRX cycle is configured to be larger, the paging message can be sent in time, and the paging delay can also be reduced, thereby reducing the service delay.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In an optional implementation manner, the method further includes:
根据第二寻呼帧检测来自所述网络设备的寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼帧是根据第三偏移量确定的,所述第三偏移量是通过第二DRX周期确定的,所述第二DRX周期是所述至少一个DRX配置信息中的第二DRX配置信息所配置的。Detecting a paging message from the network device according to a second paging frame, the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset, and the third offset is determined through a second DRX cycle, The second DRX cycle is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
例如,终端设备对于第一DRX周期和第二DRX周期,可以按时间顺序依次应用。例如终端设备先执行第一DRX周期,即,先在多个第一寻呼帧检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息;在第一DRX周期执行完毕后,终端设备执行第二DRX周期,例如,终端设备在第二寻呼帧检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息。例如,终端设备在不同的时间段具有不同的工作模式,或者运行不同的业务,则可以分时执行不同的DRX周期。例如,终端设备在不同的时间中需要传输不同的业务,则可以在不同的时间中使用不同的DRX周期,以适配当前业务的能耗和时延需求。For example, the terminal device may apply the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle sequentially in time sequence. For example, the terminal device first executes the first DRX cycle, that is, first detects paging messages from network devices in multiple first paging frames; after the first DRX cycle is executed, the terminal device executes the second DRX cycle, for example, the terminal The device detects the paging message from the network device in the second paging frame. For example, if the terminal device has different working modes in different time periods, or runs different services, it can execute different DRX cycles in time sharing. For example, if a terminal device needs to transmit different services at different times, it can use different DRX cycles at different times to adapt to the current service energy consumption and delay requirements.
或者,终端设备也可以同时执行多种DRX周期,例如终端设备可以同时执行第一DRX周期和第二DRX周期。那么,终端设备在多个第一寻呼帧检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息,而同时,终端设备也在第二寻呼帧检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息。例如当终端设备具有混合业务时,可以较为适用这种同时执行多种DRX周期的情况。例如,当终端设备的多个业务需要并行处理,且具有不同的集中时间和周期性时,则终端设备可以同时执行多种DRX周期,例如一种DRX周期可以对应一个业务,从而使得DRX配置可以适配同一个终端设备的多种业务的总体需求。Alternatively, the terminal device may also execute multiple DRX cycles at the same time, for example, the terminal device may execute the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle at the same time. Then, the terminal device detects paging messages from the network device in a plurality of first paging frames, and at the same time, the terminal device also detects paging messages from the network device in the second paging frame. For example, when the terminal device has mixed services, this situation where multiple DRX cycles are executed at the same time can be more suitable. For example, when multiple services of a terminal device need to be processed in parallel and have different concentration times and periodicities, the terminal device can execute multiple DRX cycles at the same time. For example, one DRX cycle can correspond to one service, so that the DRX configuration can be Adapt to the overall needs of multiple services of the same terminal device.
其中,在本申请的各个实施例中所描述的,执行DRX周期,也可以理解为,应用DRX周期,或者说,根据DRX周期进行检测等。例如,终端设备执行第一DRX周期,可以理解为,终端设备应用第一DRX周期,或者说,终端设备根据第一DRX周期进行检测。Among them, as described in the various embodiments of the present application, the execution of the DRX cycle can also be understood as applying the DRX cycle, or in other words, performing detection according to the DRX cycle. For example, if the terminal device executes the first DRX cycle, it can be understood that the terminal device applies the first DRX cycle, or in other words, the terminal device performs detection according to the first DRX cycle.
相应的,对一个DRX周期执行完毕,也可以理解为,对一个DRX周期应用完毕,或者说,根据该DRX周期检测完毕等。例如,终端设备对第一DRX周期执行完毕,可以理解为,终端设备对第一DRX周期应用完毕,或者说,终端设备根据第一DRX周期检测完毕。Correspondingly, the completion of the execution of one DRX cycle can also be understood as the completion of the application of one DRX cycle, or in other words, the completion of detection according to the DRX cycle. For example, the terminal device has completed the execution of the first DRX cycle, it can be understood that the terminal device has completed the application of the first DRX cycle, or in other words, the terminal device has completed the detection according to the first DRX cycle.
也就是说,对于DRX周期来说,“执行”一词,也可以理解为“应用”,或理解为根据该DRX周期进行检测等。That is to say, for the DRX cycle, the term "execute" can also be understood as "application", or as detection based on the DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息还包括执行信息,所述执行信息用于指示至少一种DRX周期对应的应用时间,所述至少一种DRX周期是通过所述至少一个DRX配置信息配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate the application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle, and the at least one DRX cycle passes through the at least one DRX cycle. DRX configuration information is configured.
如果至少一个DRX配置信息的个数大于1,也就是说,DRX周期配置信息的个数大于1,在这种情况下,相当于为终端设备配置了多种DRX周期,那么终端设备涉及到如何确定这多种DRX周期的应用时间的问题。作为一种可选的实施方式,第一消息还可以包括执行信息,执行信息可以指示至少一种DRX周期对应的应用时间。从而终端设备根据执行信息,就可以确定至少一种DRX周期的应用时间,从而可以在正确的时间执行至少一种DRX周期。If the number of at least one DRX configuration information is greater than 1, that is, the number of DRX cycle configuration information is greater than 1, in this case, it is equivalent to configuring multiple DRX cycles for the terminal device, how does the terminal device involve The problem of determining the application time of these various DRX cycles. As an optional implementation manner, the first message may further include execution information, and the execution information may indicate an application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the application time of the at least one DRX cycle according to the execution information, so that the at least one DRX cycle can be executed at the correct time.
或者,作为另一种可选的实施方式,第一消息也可以不包括执行信息,终端设备可以通过其他的方式确定至少一种DRX周期对应的应用时间。例如,终端设备可以随机确定至少一种DRX周期的执行时间;或者,终端设备也可以根据该终端设备的业务情况确定至少 一种DRX周期的执行时间,例如在业务较为繁忙的时候,终端设备可以执行至少一种DRX周期中的长度较短的DRX周期,而在业务较为空闲的时候,终端设备可以执行至少一种DRX周期中的长度较长的DRX周期;或者,第一消息所包括的至少一个配置信息实际有一定的顺序,例如在第一消息中,第一DRX配置信息位于第二DRX配置信息之前,则终端设备就可以将至少一个配置信息的顺序作为至少一种DRX周期的顺序。例如在第一消息中,第一DRX配置信息位于第二DRX配置信息之前,则终端设备就可以确定先执行第一DRX周期再执行第二DRX周期。Or, as another optional implementation manner, the first message may not include execution information, and the terminal device may determine the application time corresponding to the at least one DRX cycle in another manner. For example, the terminal device can randomly determine the execution time of at least one DRX cycle; or the terminal device can also determine the execution time of at least one DRX cycle according to the service situation of the terminal device. For example, when the business is relatively busy, the terminal device can determine the execution time of at least one DRX cycle. Execute at least one DRX cycle with a shorter length in the DRX cycle, and when the service is relatively idle, the terminal device may execute at least one DRX cycle with a longer length in the DRX cycle; or, at least the DRX cycle included in the first message is One piece of configuration information actually has a certain sequence. For example, in the first message, if the first DRX configuration information is located before the second DRX configuration information, the terminal device can use the sequence of at least one configuration information as the sequence of at least one DRX cycle. For example, in the first message, if the first DRX configuration information is located before the second DRX configuration information, the terminal device may determine to execute the first DRX cycle first and then execute the second DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述执行信息包括所述至少一种DRX周期的顺序信息;或,The execution information includes sequence information of the at least one DRX cycle; or,
所述执行信息为bitmap,所述bitmap中的每个比特用于指示所述至少一种DRX周期中的一种DRX周期的应用信息。The execution information is a bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle in the at least one DRX cycle.
例如,执行信息的一种实现方式为,至少一种DRX周期的顺序信息,即,第一消息可以包括至少一种DRX周期的顺序信息,通过顺序信息就相当于可以指示至少一种DRX周期对应的应用时间。其中,不同的DRX周期的顺序可能不同,或者也可能有两个或更多个DRX周期的顺序相同,这表明这两个或更多个DRX周期是同时执行。或者,执行信息的另一种实现方式为bitmap,即,第一消息可以包括bitmap,该bitmap包括的比特数可以大于或等于至少一种DRX周期的个数,则,bitmap中的每个比特可以指示一种DRX周期的应用信息。如果bitmap包括的比特数等于至少一种DRX周期的个数,则bitmap中的比特与至少一种DRX周期一一对应,或者,如果bitmap包括的比特数大于至少一种DRX周期的个数,则一种DRX周期就可以与bitmap中的一个或多个比特对应。bitmap中的比特所指示的DRX周期的应用信息,例如为DRX周期的顺序,或者为DRX周期的执行时间等。或者,执行信息的又一种实现方式为至少一种DRX周期的执行时间信息(或者称为应用时间信息),即,第一消息包括至少一种DRX周期的执行时间信息,通过执行时间信息就可以指示至少一种DRX周期对应的应用时间,且这种指示方式较为直接。除了如上几种示例之外,执行信息还可以包括其他的信息,只要执行信息能够指示至少一种DRX周期对应的应用时间即可。For example, one implementation manner of the execution information is the sequence information of at least one DRX cycle, that is, the first message may include the sequence information of at least one DRX cycle, and the sequence information is equivalent to indicating the correspondence of at least one DRX cycle. Application time. The order of different DRX cycles may be different, or there may be two or more DRX cycles in the same order, which indicates that the two or more DRX cycles are executed at the same time. Alternatively, another implementation of the execution information is bitmap, that is, the first message may include a bitmap, and the number of bits included in the bitmap may be greater than or equal to the number of at least one DRX cycle, then each bit in the bitmap may Application information indicating a type of DRX cycle. If the number of bits included in the bitmap is equal to the number of at least one DRX cycle, the bits in the bitmap correspond to at least one DRX cycle one-to-one, or if the number of bits included in the bitmap is greater than the number of at least one DRX cycle, then A DRX cycle can correspond to one or more bits in the bitmap. The application information of the DRX cycle indicated by the bits in the bitmap is, for example, the sequence of the DRX cycle or the execution time of the DRX cycle. Alternatively, another implementation manner of the execution information is execution time information of at least one DRX cycle (or called application time information), that is, the first message includes execution time information of at least one DRX cycle, and the execution time information is The application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle can be indicated, and this indication method is relatively straightforward. In addition to the above examples, the execution information may also include other information, as long as the execution information can indicate the application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,根据多个所述第一偏移量中的一个第一偏移量确定多个所述第一寻呼帧中的一个第一寻呼帧,包括:In an optional implementation manner, determining one first paging frame of the plurality of first paging frames according to one of the plurality of first offsets includes:
根据所述一个第一偏移量、所述第一DRX周期的长度和所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数,确定所述一个第一寻呼帧的帧号。The frame number of the one first paging frame is determined according to the one first offset, the length of the first DRX cycle, and the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle.
例如,终端设备要根据多个第一偏移量中的一个第一偏移量确定一个第一寻呼帧的时域位置,一种确定方式为,终端设备根据该第一偏移量、第一DRX周期的长度、以及第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数等信息,确定一个第一寻呼帧的帧号(即,系统帧号)。进一步的,终端设备可以根据该第一偏移量、第一DRX周期的长度、第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数、以及该终端设备的ID等信息,确定一个第一寻呼帧的帧号。其中,第一偏移量和第一DRX周期的长度都是第一DRX配置信息所配置的,第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数和终端设备的ID都是终端设备已知的,因此终端设备就可以确定一个第一寻呼帧的帧号。For example, the terminal device needs to determine the time domain position of a first paging frame according to a first offset among a plurality of first offsets. One way of determining is that the terminal device determines the time domain position of a first paging frame according to the first offset and the first offset. Information such as the length of a DRX cycle and the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle determines the frame number (ie, system frame number) of a first paging frame. Further, the terminal device may determine a first page based on the first offset, the length of the first DRX cycle, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and the ID of the terminal device, etc. The frame number of the frame. Wherein, the first offset and the length of the first DRX cycle are configured by the first DRX configuration information, and the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle and the ID of the terminal device are known by the terminal device Therefore, the terminal device can determine the frame number of a first paging frame.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期还对应至少一个第二偏移量,其中所述多个第一偏移量中的每个第一偏移量,对应于一个或多个第二偏移量,所述至少一个第 二偏移量中的一个第二偏移量用于确定一个寻呼时机。In an optional implementation manner, the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
对于目前来说,终端设备在一个寻呼帧内只有一个寻呼时机可以用于检测寻呼消息,而如果本申请实施例中,第一DRX周期对应的一个第一偏移量对应于多个第二偏移量,那么相当于,对于该第一偏移量所对应的第一寻呼帧来说,终端设备在该第一寻呼帧内就可以有多个寻呼时机来检测寻呼消息。可见,通过配置第二偏移量的方式,可以进一步增加寻呼时机,从而进一步减小寻呼时延以及业务时延。或者,即使第一DRX周期对应的一个第一偏移量对应于一个第二偏移量,通过第二偏移量,也可以使得该第一偏移量所对应的第一寻呼帧内的寻呼时机的时域位置更为准确,也就是说,通过第二偏移量也可以调整寻呼时机的时域位置,使得寻呼时机的时域位置更为准确,提高终端设备检测寻呼消息的成功率。At present, the terminal device has only one paging occasion in a paging frame that can be used to detect paging messages, and if in this embodiment of the application, a first offset corresponding to the first DRX cycle corresponds to multiple The second offset is equivalent to that, for the first paging frame corresponding to the first offset, the terminal device may have multiple paging occasions to detect paging in the first paging frame news. It can be seen that by configuring the second offset, the paging occasion can be further increased, thereby further reducing the paging delay and the service delay. Or, even if a first offset corresponding to the first DRX cycle corresponds to a second offset, the second offset can also make the first paging frame corresponding to the first offset The time domain position of the paging occasion is more accurate, that is, the time domain position of the paging occasion can also be adjusted through the second offset, so that the time domain position of the paging occasion is more accurate, and the terminal device detects paging. The success rate of the message.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述一个寻呼时机是根据所述一个第二偏移量、所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数、和一个第一寻呼帧所包括的寻呼时机的总数确定的。In an optional implementation manner, the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
例如,第一DRX周期内的一个寻呼时机的索引,可以根据一个第二偏移量、第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数、以及一个第一寻呼帧所包括的寻呼时机的总数确定,或者说,终端设备可以根据一个第二偏移量、第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数、以及一个第一寻呼帧所包括的寻呼时机的总数,确定一个寻呼时机的索引。For example, the index of a paging occasion in the first DRX cycle may be based on a second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and the paging included in a first paging frame The total number of occasions is determined. In other words, the terminal device can determine according to a second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and the total number of paging occasions included in a first paging frame An index of paging occasions.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期的长度,是根据所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置以及参考时间所确定的,所述参考时间是由所述网络设备配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
例如参考时间可以由网络设备配置。参考时间可以是时间点,也可以是时间段。参考时间可以指示业务情况,例如可以指示业务繁忙的时间,或者指示业务空闲的时间等。而DRX周期的长度可以与业务的情况相关,例如对于业务较为繁忙的时间,希望DRX周期的长度能够较短,使得终端设备能够及时检测寻呼消息,减小寻呼时延,从而减小业务时延。而对于业务较为空闲的时间,希望DRX周期的长度能够较长,在不影响业务的情况下尽量减小终端设备的功耗。因此,根据参考时间就可以确定DRX周期的长度,这样确定的DRX周期的长度可以与业务相适配,较为合理。For example, the reference time can be configured by the network device. The reference time can be a point in time or a time period. The reference time can indicate business conditions, for example, it can indicate the time when the business is busy, or the time when the business is idle. The length of the DRX cycle can be related to the business conditions. For example, for busy times of business, it is hoped that the length of the DRX cycle can be shorter, so that the terminal device can detect paging messages in time, reduce the paging delay, and reduce the business. Time delay. For the relatively idle time of the business, it is hoped that the length of the DRX cycle can be longer, so as to reduce the power consumption of the terminal equipment as much as possible without affecting the business. Therefore, the length of the DRX cycle can be determined according to the reference time, and the length of the determined DRX cycle can be adapted to the service, which is more reasonable.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越短;或者,The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time, the shorter the length of the first DRX cycle; or,
所述第一DRX所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越长。The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX is located and the reference time, the longer the length of the first DRX cycle.
例如,参考时间指示业务的繁忙时间,且参考时间为时间点,则如果第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与参考时间之间的间隔越短,第一DRX周期的长度就越短,而如果第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与参考时间之间的间隔越长,第一DRX周期的长度就越长。因为离参考时间越近,表明业务越繁忙,接收寻呼消息的可能性越大,因此第一DRX周期的长度可以较短,使得终端设备能够在尽量多的寻呼时机检测寻呼消息。而离参考时间越远,表明业务越空闲,接收寻呼消息的可能性较小,因此第一DRX周期的长度可以较长,使得终端设备无需在过多的寻呼时机检测寻呼消息,节省终端设备的功耗。又例如,参考时间指示业务的空闲时间,且参考时间为时间点,则如果第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与参考时间之间的间隔越短,第一DRX周期的长度就越长,而如果第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与参考时间之间的间隔越长,第一DRX周期的长度就越短。因为离参考时间越 远,表明业务越繁忙,接收寻呼消息的可能性越大,因此第一DRX周期的长度可以较短,使得终端设备能够在尽量多的寻呼时机检测寻呼消息。而离参考时间越近,表明业务越空闲,接收寻呼消息的可能性较小,因此第一DRX周期的长度可以较长,使得终端设备无需在过多的寻呼时机检测寻呼消息,节省终端设备的功耗。For example, the reference time indicates the busy time of the service, and the reference time is the time point, then if the interval between the time domain position of the first DRX cycle and the reference time is shorter, the length of the first DRX cycle is shorter, and if The longer the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time, the longer the length of the first DRX cycle. Since the closer to the reference time, the busier the service and the greater the possibility of receiving the paging message, the length of the first DRX cycle may be shorter, so that the terminal device can detect the paging message at as many paging occasions as possible. The farther away from the reference time, the more idle the service and the lower the possibility of receiving paging messages. Therefore, the length of the first DRX cycle can be longer, so that the terminal device does not need to detect paging messages at too many paging occasions, saving The power consumption of the terminal device. For another example, the reference time indicates the idle time of the service, and the reference time is a point in time, if the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time is shorter, the length of the first DRX cycle is longer, and If the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time is longer, the length of the first DRX cycle is shorter. Because the farther away from the reference time, the busier the service and the greater the probability of receiving the paging message, the length of the first DRX cycle may be shorter, so that the terminal device can detect the paging message at as many paging occasions as possible. The closer to the reference time, the more idle the service and the lower the possibility of receiving paging messages. Therefore, the length of the first DRX cycle can be longer, so that the terminal device does not need to detect paging messages at too many paging occasions, saving The power consumption of the terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In an optional implementation manner, the method further includes:
向所述网络设备发送业务信息和/或DRX期望信息,所述业务信息包括正在进行或将要进行的业务的信息,所述DRX期望信息用于指示所期望的DRX配置。Send service information and/or DRX expectation information to the network device, where the service information includes information about ongoing or to-be-executed services, and the DRX expectation information is used to indicate a desired DRX configuration.
业务信息可以包括终端设备正在进行的业务信息,或终端设备将要进行的业务的信息,或终端设备正在进行的业务的信息以及将要进行的业务的信息。DRX期望信息可以指示终端设备所期望的DRX配置。例如,DRX期望信息可以指示终端设备所期望的DRX周期的个数(即,希望配置多少种DRX周期),还可以指示终端设备期望配置的每种DRX周期的长度,另外还可以指示终端设备期望配置的每种DRX周期所对应的第一偏移量的个数或取值等。终端设备可以将业务信息发送给网络设备,网络设备可以根据业务信息来确定该终端设备的DRX配置,使得网络设备的配置结果能够符合终端设备的业务需求;或者,终端设备也可以将DRX期望配置信息发送给网络设备,网络设备在确定该终端设备的DRX配置时可参考该DRX期望配置信息,使得网络设备的配置结果更符合终端设备的需求。The service information may include the current service information of the terminal device, or the information of the service to be performed by the terminal device, or the information of the current service and the information of the service to be performed by the terminal device. The DRX expectation information may indicate the DRX configuration expected by the terminal device. For example, the DRX expectation information can indicate the number of DRX cycles expected by the terminal device (that is, how many DRX cycles it wants to configure), and can also indicate the length of each DRX cycle that the terminal device expects to configure, and it can also indicate that the terminal device expects The number or value of the first offset corresponding to each type of DRX cycle configured. The terminal device can send service information to the network device, and the network device can determine the DRX configuration of the terminal device according to the service information, so that the configuration result of the network device can meet the service requirements of the terminal device; or the terminal device can also configure the DRX desired configuration The information is sent to the network device, and the network device can refer to the DRX desired configuration information when determining the DRX configuration of the terminal device, so that the configuration result of the network device is more in line with the requirements of the terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述网络设备为接入网设备或核心网设备。In an optional implementation manner, the network device is an access network device or a core network device.
由于寻呼消息可以由接入网设备发送,也可以由核心网设备发送,因此本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是接入网设备,也可以是核心网设备。如果该网络设备是核心网设备,则终端设备与核心网设备之间的消息可通过接入网设备转发。Since the paging message can be sent by the access network device or the core network device, the network device in the embodiment of the present application can be the access network device or the core network device. If the network device is a core network device, the message between the terminal device and the core network device can be forwarded through the access network device.
第二方面,提供第二种寻呼方法,该方法包括:确定至少一个DRX配置信息,其中包括的第一DRX配置信息用于配置第一DRX周期,所述第一DRX周期对应多个第一偏移量,所述第一偏移量用于指示寻呼帧的时域位置;向终端设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述至少一个DRX配置信息;在多个所述第一寻呼帧中的部分或全部发送寻呼消息。In a second aspect, a second paging method is provided. The method includes: determining at least one piece of DRX configuration information, where the first DRX configuration information included is used to configure a first DRX cycle, and the first DRX cycle corresponds to a plurality of first DRX cycles. The offset, the first offset is used to indicate the time domain position of the paging frame; the first message is sent to the terminal device, and the first message includes the at least one DRX configuration information; Part or all of a paging frame sends paging messages.
该方法可由第二通信装置执行,第二通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片。示例性地,所述第二通信装置为网络设备,或者为设置在网络设备中的用于实现网络设备的功能的芯片,或者为用于实现网络设备的功能的其他部件。在下文的介绍过程中,以第二通信装置是网络设备为例。所述网络设备可以是接入网设备或核心网设备。The method may be executed by a second communication device, and the second communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip. Exemplarily, the second communication device is a network device, or a chip set in the network device for realizing the function of the network device, or other component used for realizing the function of the network device. In the following introduction process, it is taken as an example that the second communication device is a network device. The network device may be an access network device or a core network device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In an optional implementation manner, the method further includes:
在第二寻呼帧发送寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼帧是根据第三偏移量确定的,所述第三偏移量是通过第二DRX周期确定的,所述第二DRX周期是所述至少一个DRX配置信息中的第二DRX配置信息所配置的。The paging message is sent in the second paging frame, the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset, and the third offset is determined through a second DRX cycle, and the second DRX cycle Is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息还包括执行信息,所述执行信息用于指示至少一种DRX周期对应的应用时间,所述至少一种DRX周期是通过所述至少一个DRX配置信息配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate the application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle, and the at least one DRX cycle passes through the at least one DRX cycle. DRX configuration information is configured.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述执行信息包括所述至少一种DRX周期的顺序信息;或,The execution information includes sequence information of the at least one DRX cycle; or,
所述执行信息为比特位图bitmap,所述bitmap中的每个比特用于指示所述至少一种 DRX周期中的一种DRX周期的应用信息。The execution information is a bitmap bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle in the at least one DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期还对应至少一个第二偏移量,其中所述多个第一偏移量中的每个第一偏移量,对应于一个或多个第二偏移量,所述至少一个第二偏移量中的一个第二偏移量用于确定一个寻呼时机。In an optional implementation manner, the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述一个寻呼时机是根据所述一个第二偏移量、所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数、和一个第一寻呼帧所包括的寻呼时机的总数确定的。In an optional implementation manner, the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期的长度,是根据所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置以及参考时间所确定的,所述参考时间是由所述网络设备配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越短;或者,The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time, the shorter the length of the first DRX cycle; or,
所述第一DRX所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越长。The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX is located and the reference time, the longer the length of the first DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In an optional implementation manner, the method further includes:
接收来自所述终端设备的业务信息和/或DRX期望信息,所述业务信息包括正在进行或将要进行的业务的信息,所述DRX期望信息用于指示所期望的DRX配置。Receive service information and/or DRX expectation information from the terminal device, where the service information includes information about ongoing or upcoming services, and the DRX expectation information is used to indicate a desired DRX configuration.
关于第二方面或各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第一方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by the second aspect or various optional implementation manners, reference may be made to the introduction of the technical effects of the first aspect or corresponding implementation manners.
第三方面,提供第三种寻呼方法,该方法包括:接收来自网络设备的第一消息,所述第一消息包括至少两个DRX配置信息,所述至少两个DRX配置信息用于配置至少两种DRX周期,其中包括的第一DRX周期对应一个或多个第一偏移量,所述第一偏移量用于指示第一寻呼帧的时域位置;根据一个或多个所述第一偏移量确定多个所述第一寻呼帧;在一个或多个所述第一寻呼帧检测来自所述网络设备的寻呼消息。In a third aspect, a third paging method is provided. The method includes: receiving a first message from a network device, where the first message includes at least two pieces of DRX configuration information, and the at least two pieces of DRX configuration information are used to configure at least Two DRX cycles, including the first DRX cycle corresponding to one or more first offsets, the first offsets are used to indicate the time domain position of the first paging frame; according to one or more of the The first offset determines a plurality of the first paging frames; and detecting a paging message from the network device in one or more of the first paging frames.
该方法可由第三通信装置执行,第三通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片。示例性地,所述第三通信装置为终端设备,或者为设置在终端设备中的用于实现终端设备的功能的芯片,或者为用于实现终端设备的功能的其他部件。在下文的介绍过程中,以第三通信装置是终端设备为例。The method may be executed by a third communication device, and the third communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip. Exemplarily, the third communication device is a terminal device, or a chip set in the terminal device for realizing the function of the terminal device, or other component used for realizing the function of the terminal device. In the following introduction process, it is taken as an example that the third communication device is a terminal device.
在本申请实施例中,可以为终端设备配置至少两种DRX周期,通过配置不同的DRX周期,使得终端设备的DRX配置能够尽量适配终端设备的业务需求。例如在终端设备的业务较为繁忙的时间,终端设备可以使用长度较短的DRX周期,以减小寻呼时延,从而减小业务时延。而在终端设备的业务较为空闲的时间,终端设备可以使用长度较长的DRX周期,以减小终端设备无效检测的次数,减小终端设备的功耗。且还可以为至少两种DRX周期中的第一DRX周期配置一个或多个第一偏移量,例如配置了多个第一偏移量,从而根据多个第一偏移量可以确定多个寻呼帧,网络设备可以在这些寻呼帧内发送寻呼消息,终端设备也可以在这些寻呼帧内检测寻呼消息,这相当于增加了寻呼时机的个数,从而使得终端设备对寻呼消息的检测更为灵活。In the embodiment of the present application, at least two DRX cycles can be configured for the terminal device, and by configuring different DRX cycles, the DRX configuration of the terminal device can adapt to the service requirements of the terminal device as much as possible. For example, when the service of the terminal device is relatively busy, the terminal device can use a shorter DRX cycle to reduce the paging delay, thereby reducing the service delay. When the service of the terminal device is relatively idle, the terminal device can use a longer DRX cycle to reduce the number of invalid detections of the terminal device and reduce the power consumption of the terminal device. In addition, one or more first offsets may be configured for the first DRX cycle of the at least two DRX cycles, for example, multiple first offsets are configured, so that multiple first offsets can be determined according to the multiple first offsets. Paging frames, network devices can send paging messages in these paging frames, and terminal devices can also detect paging messages in these paging frames, which is equivalent to increasing the number of paging occasions, so that the terminal device can The detection of paging messages is more flexible.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In an optional implementation manner, the method further includes:
在第二寻呼帧检测来自所述网络设备的寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼帧是根据第三偏移量确定的,所述第三偏移量是通过第二DRX周期确定的,所述第二DRX周期是所述至少一个DRX配置信息中的第二DRX配置信息所配置的。Detecting a paging message from the network device in a second paging frame, the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset, and the third offset is determined through a second DRX cycle, The second DRX cycle is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息还包括执行信息,所述执行信息用于指示所述至少两种DRX周期对应的应用时间。In an optional implementation manner, the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate application times corresponding to the at least two DRX cycles.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述执行信息包括所述至少两种DRX周期的顺序信息;或,The execution information includes sequence information of the at least two DRX cycles; or,
所述执行信息为bitmap,所述bitmap中的每个比特用于指示所述至少两种DRX周期中的一种DRX周期的应用信息。The execution information is a bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle of the at least two DRX cycles.
在一种可选的实施方式中,根据一个或所述第一偏移量确定一个或多个所述第一寻呼帧中的一个第一寻呼帧,包括:In an optional implementation manner, determining one of the one or more first paging frames according to one or the first offset includes:
根据所述第一偏移量、所述第一DRX周期的长度和所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数,确定所述一个第一寻呼帧的帧号。Determine the frame number of the one first paging frame according to the first offset, the length of the first DRX cycle, and the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期还对应至少一个第二偏移量,其中所述多个第一偏移量中的每个第一偏移量,对应于一个或多个第二偏移量,所述至少一个第二偏移量中的一个第二偏移量用于确定一个寻呼时机。In an optional implementation manner, the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述一个寻呼时机是根据所述一个第二偏移量、所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数、和一个第一寻呼帧所包括的寻呼时机的总数确定的。In an optional implementation manner, the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期的长度,是根据所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置以及参考时间所确定的,所述参考时间是由所述网络设备配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越短;或者,The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time, the shorter the length of the first DRX cycle; or,
所述第一DRX所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越长。The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX is located and the reference time, the longer the length of the first DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In an optional implementation manner, the method further includes:
向所述网络设备发送业务信息和/或DRX期望信息,所述业务信息包括正在进行或将要进行的业务的信息,所述DRX期望信息用于指示所期望的DRX配置。Send service information and/or DRX expectation information to the network device, where the service information includes information about ongoing or to-be-executed services, and the DRX expectation information is used to indicate a desired DRX configuration.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述网络设备为接入网设备或核心网设备。In an optional implementation manner, the network device is an access network device or a core network device.
关于第三方面或各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第一方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by the third aspect or various optional implementation manners, reference may be made to the introduction of the technical effects of the first aspect or corresponding implementation manners.
第四方面,提供第四种寻呼方法,该方法包括:确定至少两个DRX配置信息,所述至少两个DRX配置信息用于配置至少两种DRX周期,其中包括的第一DRX周期对应一个或多个第一偏移量,所述第一偏移量用于指示第一寻呼帧的时域位置;向终端设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述至少两个DRX配置信息;在一个或多个所述第一寻呼帧中的部分或全部发送寻呼消息。In a fourth aspect, a fourth paging method is provided, the method includes: determining at least two DRX configuration information, the at least two DRX configuration information is used to configure at least two DRX cycles, and the included first DRX cycle corresponds to one Or multiple first offsets, where the first offset is used to indicate the time domain position of the first paging frame; sending a first message to the terminal device, the first message including the at least two DRX configurations Information; sending a paging message in part or all of one or more of the first paging frames.
该方法可由第四通信装置执行,第四通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,例如芯片。示例性地,所述第四通信装置为网络设备,或者为设置在网络设备中的用于实现网络设备的功能的芯片,或者为用于实现网络设备的功能的其他部件。在下文的介绍过程中,以第四通信装置是网络设备为例。所述网络设备可以是接入网设备或核心网设备。The method may be executed by a fourth communication device, and the fourth communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip. Exemplarily, the fourth communication device is a network device, or a chip set in the network device for realizing the function of the network device, or other component used for realizing the function of the network device. In the following introduction process, it is taken as an example that the fourth communication device is a network device. The network device may be an access network device or a core network device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In an optional implementation manner, the method further includes:
在第二寻呼帧发送寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼帧是根据第三偏移量确定的,所述第三偏 移量是通过第二DRX周期确定的,所述第二DRX周期是所述至少一个DRX配置信息中的第二DRX配置信息所配置的。The paging message is sent in the second paging frame, the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset, and the third offset is determined through a second DRX cycle, and the second DRX cycle Is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息还包括执行信息,所述执行信息用于指示所述至少两种DRX周期对应的应用时间。In an optional implementation manner, the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate application times corresponding to the at least two DRX cycles.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述执行信息包括所述至少两种DRX周期的顺序信息;或,The execution information includes sequence information of the at least two DRX cycles; or,
所述执行信息为比特位图bitmap,所述bitmap中的每个比特用于指示所述至少两种DRX周期中的一种DRX周期的应用信息。The execution information is a bitmap bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle of the at least two DRX cycles.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期还对应至少一个第二偏移量,其中所述多个第一偏移量中的每个第一偏移量,对应于一个或多个第二偏移量,所述至少一个第二偏移量中的一个第二偏移量用于确定一个寻呼时机。In an optional implementation manner, the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述一个寻呼时机是根据所述一个第二偏移量、所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数、和一个第一寻呼帧所包括的寻呼时机的总数确定的。In an optional implementation manner, the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期的长度,是根据所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置以及参考时间所确定的,所述参考时间是由所述网络设备配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越短;或者,The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time, the shorter the length of the first DRX cycle; or,
所述第一DRX所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越长。The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX is located and the reference time, the longer the length of the first DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In an optional implementation manner, the method further includes:
接收来自所述终端设备的业务信息和/或DRX期望信息,所述业务信息包括正在进行或将要进行的业务的信息,所述DRX期望信息用于指示所期望的DRX配置。Receive service information and/or DRX expectation information from the terminal device, where the service information includes information about ongoing or upcoming services, and the DRX expectation information is used to indicate a desired DRX configuration.
关于第四方面或各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第三方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by the fourth aspect or various optional implementation manners, reference may be made to the introduction of the technical effects of the third aspect or corresponding implementation manners.
第五方面,提供一种通信装置,例如该通信装置为如前所述的第一通信装置。所述第一通信装置用于执行上述第一方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法。具体地,所述第一通信装置可以包括用于执行第一方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法的模块,例如包括处理模块和收发模块。示例性地,收发模块可以包括发送模块和接收模块,发送模块和接收模块可以是不同的功能模块,或者也可以是同一个功能模块,但能够实现不同的功能。示例性地,所述第一通信装置为通信设备,或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性地,所述通信设备为终端设备。下面以第一通信装置是终端设备为例。例如,所述收发模块也可以通过收发器实现,所述处理模块也可以通过处理器实现。或者,发送模块可以通过发送器实现,接收模块可以通过接收器实现,发送器和接收器可以是不同的功能模块,或者也可以是同一个功能模块,但能够实现不同的功能。如果第一通信装置为通信设备,收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者,如果第一通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片,那么收发器(或,发送器和接收器)例如为芯片中的通信接口,该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接,以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。在第五方面的介绍过程中,继续以所述第一通信装置是终端设备,以及,以所述处理模块和所述收发模块为例进行介绍。其中,In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the first communication device as described above. The first communication device is configured to execute the method in the foregoing first aspect or any possible implementation manner. Specifically, the first communication device may include a module for executing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module. Exemplarily, the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module. The sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may also be the same functional module, but can implement different functions. Exemplarily, the first communication device is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a terminal device. In the following, it is taken as an example that the first communication device is a terminal device. For example, the transceiver module may also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module may also be implemented by a processor. Alternatively, the sending module may be implemented by a transmitter, and the receiving module may be implemented by a receiver. The transmitter and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions. If the first communication device is a communication device, the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, and a codec in the communication device. Or, if the first communication device is a chip set in a communication device, the transceiver (or transmitter and receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface is connected to the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Information is sent and received through radio frequency transceiver components. In the introduction process of the fifth aspect, the introduction is continued with the first communication device being a terminal device, and the processing module and the transceiver module as examples. among them,
所述收发模块,用于接收来自网络设备的第一消息,所述第一消息包括至少一个DRX配置信息,其中包括的第一DRX配置信息用于配置第一DRX周期,所述第一DRX周期对应多个第一偏移量,所述第一偏移量用于指示寻呼帧的时域位置;The transceiver module is configured to receive a first message from a network device, where the first message includes at least one piece of DRX configuration information, and the first DRX configuration information included therein is used to configure a first DRX cycle, and the first DRX cycle Corresponding to multiple first offsets, where the first offsets are used to indicate the time domain position of the paging frame;
所述处理模块,用于根据多个所述第一偏移量确定多个所述第一寻呼帧;The processing module is configured to determine a plurality of the first paging frames according to a plurality of the first offsets;
所述收发模块,还用于在多个所述第一寻呼帧检测来自所述网络设备的寻呼消息。The transceiver module is further configured to detect paging messages from the network device in a plurality of the first paging frames.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发模块,还用于在第二寻呼帧检测来自所述网络设备的寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼帧是根据第三偏移量确定的,所述第三偏移量是通过第二DRX周期确定的,所述第二DRX周期是所述至少一个DRX配置信息中的第二DRX配置信息所配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiver module is further configured to detect a paging message from the network device in a second paging frame, and the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset Yes, the third offset is determined by a second DRX cycle, and the second DRX cycle is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息还包括执行信息,所述执行信息用于指示至少一种DRX周期对应的应用时间,所述至少一种DRX周期是通过所述至少一个DRX配置信息配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate the application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle, and the at least one DRX cycle passes through the at least one DRX cycle. DRX configuration information is configured.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述执行信息包括所述至少一种DRX周期的顺序信息;或,The execution information includes sequence information of the at least one DRX cycle; or,
所述执行信息为比特位图bitmap,所述bitmap中的每个比特用于指示所述至少一种DRX周期中的一种DRX周期的应用信息。The execution information is a bitmap bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle in the at least one DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述处理模块用于通过如下方式,根据多个所述第一偏移量中的一个第一偏移量确定多个所述第一寻呼帧中的一个第一寻呼帧:In an optional implementation manner, the processing module is configured to determine, according to a first offset among the plurality of first offsets, in the plurality of first paging frames in the following manner A first paging frame:
根据所述一个第一偏移量、所述第一DRX周期的长度和所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数,确定所述一个第一寻呼帧的帧号。The frame number of the one first paging frame is determined according to the one first offset, the length of the first DRX cycle, and the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期还对应至少一个第二偏移量,其中所述多个第一偏移量中的每个第一偏移量,对应于一个或多个第二偏移量,所述至少一个第二偏移量中的一个第二偏移量用于确定一个寻呼时机。In an optional implementation manner, the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述一个寻呼时机是根据所述一个第二偏移量、所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数、和一个第一寻呼帧所包括的寻呼时机的总数确定的。In an optional implementation manner, the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期的长度,是根据所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置以及参考时间所确定的,所述参考时间是由所述网络设备配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越短;或者,The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time, the shorter the length of the first DRX cycle; or,
所述第一DRX所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越长。The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX is located and the reference time, the longer the length of the first DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发模块,还用于向所述网络设备发送业务信息和/或DRX期望信息,所述业务信息包括正在进行或将要进行的业务的信息,所述DRX期望信息用于指示所期望的DRX配置。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiver module is further configured to send service information and/or DRX expectation information to the network device, where the service information includes information about ongoing or upcoming services, and The DRX expectation information is used to indicate the desired DRX configuration.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述网络设备为接入网设备或核心网设备。In an optional implementation manner, the network device is an access network device or a core network device.
关于第五方面或各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第一方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought by the fifth aspect or various optional implementation manners, reference may be made to the introduction of the technical effects of the first aspect or corresponding implementation manners.
第六方面,提供一种通信装置,例如该通信装置为如前所述的第二通信装置。所述第二通信装置用于执行上述第二方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法。具体地,所述第二通 信装置可以包括用于执行第二方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法的模块,例如包括处理模块和收发模块。示例性地,收发模块可以包括发送模块和接收模块,发送模块和接收模块可以是不同的功能模块,或者也可以是同一个功能模块,但能够实现不同的功能。示例性地,所述第二通信装置为通信设备,或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性地,所述通信设备为网络设备。下面以第二通信装置是网络设备为例。例如,所述收发模块也可以通过收发器实现,所述处理模块也可以通过处理器实现。或者,发送模块可以通过发送器实现,接收模块可以通过接收器实现,发送器和接收器可以是不同的功能模块,或者也可以是同一个功能模块,但能够实现不同的功能。如果第二通信装置为通信设备,收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者,如果第二通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片,那么收发器(或,发送器和接收器)例如为芯片中的通信接口,该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接,以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。在第六方面的介绍过程中,继续以所述第二通信装置是网络设备,以及,以所述处理模块和所述收发模块为例进行介绍。其中,In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the second communication device as described above. The second communication device is used to execute the method in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible implementation manner. Specifically, the second communication device may include a module for executing the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module. Exemplarily, the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module. The sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may also be the same functional module, but can implement different functions. Exemplarily, the second communication device is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a network device. In the following, it is taken as an example that the second communication device is a network device. For example, the transceiver module may also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module may also be implemented by a processor. Alternatively, the sending module may be implemented by a transmitter, and the receiving module may be implemented by a receiver. The transmitter and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions. If the second communication device is a communication device, the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, and a codec in the communication device. Or, if the second communication device is a chip set in a communication device, the transceiver (or, transmitter and receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface is connected to a radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Information is sent and received through radio frequency transceiver components. In the introduction process of the sixth aspect, the second communication device is continued to be a network device, and the processing module and the transceiver module are used as examples for the introduction. among them,
所述处理模块,用于确定至少一个DRX配置信息,其中包括的第一DRX配置信息用于配置第一DRX周期,所述第一DRX周期对应多个第一偏移量,所述第一偏移量用于指示寻呼帧的时域位置;The processing module is configured to determine at least one piece of DRX configuration information, where the first DRX configuration information included is used to configure a first DRX cycle, the first DRX cycle corresponds to multiple first offsets, and the first offset The shift is used to indicate the time domain position of the paging frame;
所述收发模块,用于向终端设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述至少一个DRX配置信息;The transceiver module is configured to send a first message to a terminal device, where the first message includes the at least one piece of DRX configuration information;
所述收发模块,还用于在多个所述第一寻呼帧中的部分或全部发送寻呼消息。The transceiver module is further configured to send a paging message in part or all of the plurality of first paging frames.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发模块,还用于在第二寻呼帧发送寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼帧是根据第三偏移量确定的,所述第三偏移量是通过第二DRX周期确定的,所述第二DRX周期是所述至少一个DRX配置信息中的第二DRX配置信息所配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiver module is further configured to send a paging message in a second paging frame, the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset, and the third The offset is determined by the second DRX cycle, and the second DRX cycle is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息还包括执行信息,所述执行信息用于指示至少一种DRX周期对应的应用时间,所述至少一种DRX周期是通过所述至少一个DRX配置信息配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate the application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle, and the at least one DRX cycle passes through the at least one DRX cycle. DRX configuration information is configured.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述执行信息包括所述至少一种DRX周期的顺序信息;或,The execution information includes sequence information of the at least one DRX cycle; or,
所述执行信息为比特位图bitmap,所述bitmap中的每个比特用于指示所述至少一种DRX周期中的一种DRX周期的应用信息。The execution information is a bitmap bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle in the at least one DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期还对应至少一个第二偏移量,其中所述多个第一偏移量中的每个第一偏移量,对应于一个或多个第二偏移量,所述至少一个第二偏移量中的一个第二偏移量用于确定一个寻呼时机。In an optional implementation manner, the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述一个寻呼时机是根据所述一个第二偏移量、所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数、和一个第一寻呼帧所包括的寻呼时机的总数确定的。In an optional implementation manner, the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期的长度,是根据所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置以及参考时间所确定的,所述参考时间是由所述网络设备配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越短;或者,The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time, the shorter the length of the first DRX cycle; or,
所述第一DRX所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期 的长度越长。The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX is located and the reference time, the longer the length of the first DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发模块,还用于接收来自所述终端设备的业务信息和/或DRX期望信息,所述业务信息包括正在进行或将要进行的业务的信息,所述DRX期望信息用于指示所期望的DRX配置。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiver module is further configured to receive service information and/or DRX desired information from the terminal device, where the service information includes information about ongoing or upcoming services, so The DRX expectation information is used to indicate the expected DRX configuration.
关于第六方面或各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第二方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by the sixth aspect or various optional implementation manners, reference may be made to the introduction of the technical effects of the second aspect or corresponding implementation manners.
第七方面,提供一种通信装置,例如该通信装置为如前所述的第三通信装置。所述第三通信装置用于执行上述第三方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法。具体地,所述第三通信装置可以包括用于执行第三方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法的模块,例如包括处理模块和收发模块。示例性地,收发模块可以包括发送模块和接收模块,发送模块和接收模块可以是不同的功能模块,或者也可以是同一个功能模块,但能够实现不同的功能。示例性地,所述第三通信装置为通信设备,或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性地,所述通信设备为终端设备。下面以第三通信装置是终端设备为例。例如,所述收发模块也可以通过收发器实现,所述处理模块也可以通过处理器实现。或者,发送模块可以通过发送器实现,接收模块可以通过接收器实现,发送器和接收器可以是不同的功能模块,或者也可以是同一个功能模块,但能够实现不同的功能。如果第三通信装置为通信设备,收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者,如果第三通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片,那么收发器(或,发送器和接收器)例如为芯片中的通信接口,该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接,以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。在第七方面的介绍过程中,继续以所述第三通信装置是终端设备,以及,以所述处理模块和所述收发模块为例进行介绍。其中,In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the aforementioned third communication device. The third communication device is used to execute the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner. Specifically, the third communication device may include a module for executing the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module. Exemplarily, the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module. The sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may also be the same functional module, but can implement different functions. Exemplarily, the third communication device is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a terminal device. In the following, it is taken as an example that the third communication device is a terminal device. For example, the transceiver module may also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module may also be implemented by a processor. Alternatively, the sending module may be implemented by a transmitter, and the receiving module may be implemented by a receiver. The transmitter and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions. If the third communication device is a communication device, the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, and a codec in the communication device. Or, if the third communication device is a chip set in the communication device, the transceiver (or, the transmitter and the receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface is connected to the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Information is sent and received through radio frequency transceiver components. In the introduction process of the seventh aspect, the third communication device is continued to be a terminal device, and the processing module and the transceiver module are used as examples for the introduction. among them,
所述收发模块,用于接收来自网络设备的第一消息,所述第一消息包括至少两个DRX配置信息,所述至少两个DRX配置信息用于配置至少两种DRX周期,其中包括的第一DRX周期对应一个或多个第一偏移量,所述第一偏移量用于指示第一寻呼帧的时域位置;The transceiver module is configured to receive a first message from a network device, the first message including at least two DRX configuration information, and the at least two DRX configuration information is used to configure at least two DRX cycles, including the first message One DRX cycle corresponds to one or more first offsets, where the first offsets are used to indicate the time domain position of the first paging frame;
所述处理模块,用于根据一个或多个所述第一偏移量确定多个所述第一寻呼帧;The processing module is configured to determine a plurality of the first paging frames according to one or more of the first offsets;
所述收发模块,还用于在一个或多个所述第一寻呼帧检测来自所述网络设备的寻呼消息。The transceiver module is further configured to detect a paging message from the network device in one or more of the first paging frames.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发模块,还用于在第二寻呼帧检测来自所述网络设备的寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼帧是根据第三偏移量确定的,所述第三偏移量是通过第二DRX周期确定的,所述第二DRX周期是所述至少一个DRX配置信息中的第二DRX配置信息所配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiver module is further configured to detect a paging message from the network device in a second paging frame, and the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset Yes, the third offset is determined by a second DRX cycle, and the second DRX cycle is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息还包括执行信息,所述执行信息用于指示所述至少两种DRX周期对应的应用时间。In an optional implementation manner, the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate application times corresponding to the at least two DRX cycles.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述执行信息包括所述至少两种DRX周期的顺序信息;或,The execution information includes sequence information of the at least two DRX cycles; or,
所述执行信息为bitmap,所述bitmap中的每个比特用于指示所述至少两种DRX周期中的一种DRX周期的应用信息。The execution information is a bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle of the at least two DRX cycles.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述处理模块用于通过如下方式,根据一个或所述第一偏移量确定一个或多个所述第一寻呼帧中的一个第一寻呼帧:In an optional implementation manner, the processing module is configured to determine a first paging frame among the one or more first paging frames according to one or the first offset in the following manner :
根据所述第一偏移量、所述第一DRX周期的长度和所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻 呼帧的总数,确定所述一个第一寻呼帧的帧号。The frame number of the one first paging frame is determined according to the first offset, the length of the first DRX cycle, and the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期还对应至少一个第二偏移量,其中所述多个第一偏移量中的每个第一偏移量,对应于一个或多个第二偏移量,所述至少一个第二偏移量中的一个第二偏移量用于确定一个寻呼时机。In an optional implementation manner, the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述一个寻呼时机是根据所述一个第二偏移量、所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数、和一个第一寻呼帧所包括的寻呼时机的总数确定的。In an optional implementation manner, the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期的长度,是根据所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置以及参考时间所确定的,所述参考时间是由所述网络设备配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越短;或者,The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time, the shorter the length of the first DRX cycle; or,
所述第一DRX所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越长。The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX is located and the reference time, the longer the length of the first DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发模块,还用于向所述网络设备发送业务信息和/或DRX期望信息,所述业务信息包括正在进行或将要进行的业务的信息,所述DRX期望信息用于指示所期望的DRX配置。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiver module is further configured to send service information and/or DRX expectation information to the network device, where the service information includes information about ongoing or upcoming services, and The DRX expectation information is used to indicate the desired DRX configuration.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述网络设备为接入网设备或核心网设备。In an optional implementation manner, the network device is an access network device or a core network device.
关于第七方面或各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第三方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought by the seventh aspect or various optional implementation manners, reference may be made to the introduction of the technical effects of the third aspect or corresponding implementation manners.
第八方面,提供一种通信装置,例如该通信装置为如前所述的第四通信装置。所述第四通信装置用于执行上述第四方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法。具体地,所述第四通信装置可以包括用于执行第四方面或任一可能的实施方式中的方法的模块,例如包括处理模块和收发模块。示例性地,收发模块可以包括发送模块和接收模块,发送模块和接收模块可以是不同的功能模块,或者也可以是同一个功能模块,但能够实现不同的功能。示例性地,所述第四通信装置为通信设备,或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性地,所述通信设备为网络设备。下面以第四通信装置是网络设备为例。例如,所述收发模块也可以通过收发器实现,所述处理模块也可以通过处理器实现。或者,发送模块可以通过发送器实现,接收模块可以通过接收器实现,发送器和接收器可以是不同的功能模块,或者也可以是同一个功能模块,但能够实现不同的功能。如果第四通信装置为通信设备,收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者,如果第四通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片,那么收发器(或,发送器和接收器)例如为芯片中的通信接口,该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接,以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。在第八方面的介绍过程中,继续以所述第四通信装置是网络设备,以及,以所述处理模块和所述收发模块为例进行介绍。其中,In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the fourth communication device as described above. The fourth communication device is used to execute the method in the foregoing fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner. Specifically, the fourth communication device may include a module for executing the method in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module. Exemplarily, the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module. The sending module and the receiving module may be different functional modules, or may also be the same functional module, but can implement different functions. Exemplarily, the fourth communication device is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a network device. In the following, it is taken as an example that the fourth communication device is a network device. For example, the transceiver module may also be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing module may also be implemented by a processor. Alternatively, the sending module may be implemented by a transmitter, and the receiving module may be implemented by a receiver. The transmitter and the receiver may be different functional modules, or may be the same functional module, but can implement different functions. If the fourth communication device is a communication device, the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, and a codec in the communication device. Or, if the fourth communication device is a chip set in the communication device, the transceiver (or, the transmitter and the receiver) is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface is connected to the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Information is sent and received through radio frequency transceiver components. In the introduction process of the eighth aspect, the fourth communication device is continued to be a network device, and the processing module and the transceiver module are used as examples for the introduction. among them,
所述处理模块,用于确定至少两个DRX配置信息,所述至少两个DRX配置信息用于配置至少两种DRX周期,其中包括的第一DRX周期对应一个或多个第一偏移量,所述第一偏移量用于指示第一寻呼帧的时域位置;The processing module is configured to determine at least two DRX configuration information, where the at least two DRX configuration information is used to configure at least two DRX cycles, and the included first DRX cycle corresponds to one or more first offsets, The first offset is used to indicate the time domain position of the first paging frame;
所述收发模块,用于向终端设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述至少两个DRX配置信息;The transceiver module is configured to send a first message to a terminal device, where the first message includes the at least two DRX configuration information;
所述收发模块,还用于在一个或多个所述第一寻呼帧中的部分或全部发送寻呼消息。The transceiver module is further configured to send a paging message in part or all of one or more of the first paging frames.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发模块,还用于在第二寻呼帧发送寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼帧是根据第三偏移量确定的,所述第三偏移量是通过第二DRX周期确定的,所述第二DRX周期是所述至少一个DRX配置信息中的第二DRX配置信息所配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiver module is further configured to send a paging message in a second paging frame, the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset, and the third The offset is determined by the second DRX cycle, and the second DRX cycle is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息还包括执行信息,所述执行信息用于指示所述至少两种DRX周期对应的应用时间。In an optional implementation manner, the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate application times corresponding to the at least two DRX cycles.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述执行信息包括所述至少两种DRX周期的顺序信息;或,The execution information includes sequence information of the at least two DRX cycles; or,
所述执行信息为bitmap,所述bitmap中的每个比特用于指示所述至少两种DRX周期中的一种DRX周期的应用信息。The execution information is a bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle of the at least two DRX cycles.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期还对应至少一个第二偏移量,其中所述多个第一偏移量中的每个第一偏移量,对应于一个或多个第二偏移量,所述至少一个第二偏移量中的一个第二偏移量用于确定一个寻呼时机。In an optional implementation manner, the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述一个寻呼时机是根据所述一个第二偏移量、所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数、和一个第一寻呼帧所包括的寻呼时机的总数确定的。In an optional implementation manner, the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期的长度,是根据所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置以及参考时间所确定的,所述参考时间是由所述网络设备配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越短;或者,The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time, the shorter the length of the first DRX cycle; or,
所述第一DRX所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越长。The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX is located and the reference time, the longer the length of the first DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发模块,还用于接收来自所述终端设备的业务信息和/或DRX期望信息,所述业务信息包括正在进行或将要进行的业务的信息,所述DRX期望信息用于指示所期望的DRX配置。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiver module is further configured to receive service information and/or DRX desired information from the terminal device, where the service information includes information about ongoing or upcoming services, so The DRX expectation information is used to indicate the expected DRX configuration.
关于第八方面或各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第四方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by the eighth aspect or various optional implementation manners, reference may be made to the introduction of the technical effects of the fourth aspect or corresponding implementation manners.
第九方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置例如为如前所述的第一通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器。可选的,还可以包括存储器,用于存储计算机指令。处理器和存储器相互耦合,用于实现上述第一方面或各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。或者,第一通信装置也可以不包括存储器,存储器可以位于第一通信装置外部。可选的,第一通信装置还可以包括通信接口,用于与其他装置或设备进行通信。处理器、存储器和通信接口相互耦合,用于实现上述第一方面或各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。例如,当处理器执行所述存储器存储的计算机指令时,使第一通信装置执行上述第一方面或任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。示例性地,所述第一通信装置为通信设备,或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性的,所述通信设备为终端设备。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device is, for example, the first communication device as described above. The communication device includes a processor. Optionally, it may also include a memory for storing computer instructions. The processor and the memory are coupled with each other, and are used to implement the methods described in the first aspect or various possible implementation manners. Alternatively, the first communication device may not include a memory, and the memory may be located outside the first communication device. Optionally, the first communication device may further include a communication interface for communicating with other devices or equipment. The processor, the memory, and the communication interface are coupled with each other, and are used to implement the methods described in the first aspect or various possible implementation manners. For example, when the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, the first communication device is caused to execute the method in the foregoing first aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners. Exemplarily, the first communication device is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a terminal device.
其中,如果第一通信装置为通信设备,通信接口例如通过所述通信设备中的收发器(或者,发送器和接收器)实现,例如所述收发器通过所述通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者,如果第一通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片,那么通信接口例如为芯片的输入/输出接口,例如输入/输出管脚等,该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接,以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。Wherein, if the first communication device is a communication device, the communication interface is realized by a transceiver (or a transmitter and a receiver) in the communication device, for example, the transceiver is realized by an antenna, a feeder and a receiver in the communication device. Codec and other implementations. Or, if the first communication device is a chip set in a communication device, the communication interface is, for example, an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins, etc., and the communication interface is connected to the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Information is sent and received through radio frequency transceiver components.
第十方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置例如为如前所述的第二通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器。可选的,还可以包括存储器,用于存储计算机指令。处理器和存储器相互耦合,用于实现上述第二方面或各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。或者,第二通信装置也可以不包括存储器,存储器可以位于第二通信装置外部。可选的,第二通信装置还可以包括通信接口,用于与其他装置或设备进行通信。处理器、存储器和通信接口相互耦合,用于实现上述第二方面或各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。例如,当处理器执行所述存储器存储的计算机指令时,使第二通信装置执行上述第二方面或任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。示例性地,所述第二通信装置为通信设备,或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性的,所述通信设备为网络设备。In a tenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device is, for example, the second communication device as described above. The communication device includes a processor. Optionally, it may also include a memory for storing computer instructions. The processor and the memory are coupled with each other, and are used to implement the methods described in the second aspect or various possible implementation manners. Alternatively, the second communication device may not include a memory, and the memory may be located outside the second communication device. Optionally, the second communication device may further include a communication interface for communicating with other devices or equipment. The processor, the memory, and the communication interface are coupled with each other, and are used to implement the methods described in the second aspect or various possible implementation manners. For example, when the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, the second communication device is caused to execute the method in the second aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners. Exemplarily, the second communication device is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a network device.
其中,如果第二通信装置为通信设备,通信接口例如通过所述通信设备中的收发器(或者,发送器和接收器)实现,例如所述收发器通过所述通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者,如果第二通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片,那么通信接口例如为芯片的输入/输出接口,例如输入/输出管脚等,该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接,以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。Wherein, if the second communication device is a communication device, the communication interface is realized by, for example, a transceiver (or transmitter and receiver) in the communication device. For example, the transceiver is realized by an antenna, a feeder, and a receiver in the communication device. Codec and other implementations. Or, if the second communication device is a chip set in a communication device, the communication interface is, for example, an input/output interface of the chip, such as an input/output pin, etc., and the communication interface is connected to a radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Information is sent and received through radio frequency transceiver components.
第十一方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置例如为如前所述的第三通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器。可选的,还可以包括存储器,用于存储计算机指令。处理器和存储器相互耦合,用于实现上述第三方面或各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。或者,第三通信装置也可以不包括存储器,存储器可以位于第三通信装置外部。可选的,第三通信装置还可以包括通信接口,用于与其他装置或设备进行通信。处理器、存储器和通信接口相互耦合,用于实现上述第三方面或各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。例如,当处理器执行所述存储器存储的计算机指令时,使第三通信装置执行上述第三方面或任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。示例性地,所述第三通信装置为通信设备,或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性的,所述通信设备为终端设备。In an eleventh aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device is, for example, the aforementioned third communication device. The communication device includes a processor. Optionally, it may also include a memory for storing computer instructions. The processor and the memory are coupled with each other, and are used to implement the methods described in the third aspect or various possible implementation manners. Alternatively, the third communication device may not include a memory, and the memory may be located outside the third communication device. Optionally, the third communication device may further include a communication interface for communicating with other devices or equipment. The processor, the memory, and the communication interface are coupled with each other to implement the methods described in the third aspect or various possible implementation manners. For example, when the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, the third communication device is caused to execute the method in the third aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners. Exemplarily, the third communication device is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a terminal device.
其中,如果第三通信装置为通信设备,通信接口例如通过所述通信设备中的收发器(或者,发送器和接收器)实现,例如所述收发器通过所述通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者,如果第三通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片,那么通信接口例如为芯片的输入/输出接口,例如输入/输出管脚等,该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接,以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。Wherein, if the third communication device is a communication device, the communication interface is realized by a transceiver (or a transmitter and a receiver) in the communication device, for example, for example, the transceiver is realized by an antenna, a feeder and a receiver in the communication device. Codec and other implementations. Or, if the third communication device is a chip set in a communication device, the communication interface is, for example, an input/output interface of the chip, such as an input/output pin, etc., and the communication interface is connected to a radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Information is sent and received through radio frequency transceiver components.
第十二方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置例如为如前所述的第四通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器。可选的,还可以包括存储器,用于存储计算机指令。处理器和存储器相互耦合,用于实现上述第四方面或各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。或者,第四通信装置也可以不包括存储器,存储器可以位于第四通信装置外部。可选的,第四通信装置还可以包括通信接口,用于与其他装置或设备进行通信。处理器、存储器和通信接口相互耦合,用于实现上述第四方面或各种可能的实施方式所描述的方法。例如,当处理器执行所述存储器存储的计算机指令时,使第四通信装置执行上述第四方面或任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。示例性地,所述第四通信装置为通信设备,或者为设置在通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性的,所述通信设备为网络设备。In a twelfth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device is, for example, the fourth communication device as described above. The communication device includes a processor. Optionally, it may also include a memory for storing computer instructions. The processor and the memory are coupled with each other, and are used to implement the methods described in the fourth aspect or various possible implementation manners. Alternatively, the fourth communication device may not include a memory, and the memory may be located outside the fourth communication device. Optionally, the fourth communication device may further include a communication interface for communicating with other devices or equipment. The processor, the memory, and the communication interface are coupled with each other, and are used to implement the methods described in the fourth aspect or various possible implementation manners. For example, when the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, the fourth communication device is caused to execute the method in the fourth aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners. Exemplarily, the fourth communication device is a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a network device.
其中,如果第四通信装置为通信设备,通信接口例如通过所述通信设备中的收发器(或者,发送器和接收器)实现,例如所述收发器通过所述通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现。或者,如果第四通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片,那么通信接口例如为芯 片的输入/输出接口,例如输入/输出管脚等,该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接,以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。Wherein, if the fourth communication device is a communication device, the communication interface is realized by, for example, a transceiver (or a transmitter and a receiver) in the communication device, for example, the transceiver is realized by an antenna, a feeder and a receiver in the communication device. Codec and other implementations. Or, if the fourth communication device is a chip set in a communication device, the communication interface is, for example, an input/output interface of the chip, such as an input/output pin, etc., and the communication interface is connected to a radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to Information is sent and received through radio frequency transceiver components.
第十三方面,提供第一通信系统,该通信系统包括第五方面所述的通信装置或第九方面所述的通信装置,以及包括第六方面所述的通信装置或第十方面所述的通信装置。In a thirteenth aspect, a first communication system is provided. The communication system includes the communication device described in the fifth aspect or the communication device described in the ninth aspect, and the communication device described in the sixth aspect or the communication device described in the tenth aspect. Communication device.
第十四方面,提供第二通信系统,该通信系统包括第七方面所述的通信装置或第十一方面所述的通信装置,以及包括第八方面所述的通信装置或第十二方面所述的通信装置。In a fourteenth aspect, a second communication system is provided. The communication system includes the communication device according to the seventh aspect or the communication device according to the eleventh aspect, and the communication device according to the eighth aspect or the communication device according to the twelfth aspect. Mentioned communication device.
第十五方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行上述第一方面或任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。In a fifteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store computer instructions that, when the computer instructions run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the first aspect or any one of the foregoing. The method described in one possible implementation.
第十六方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行上述第二方面或任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。In a sixteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are executed on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the second aspect or any one of the foregoing. The method described in one possible implementation.
第十七方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行上述第三方面或任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。In a seventeenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are executed on a computer, the computer executes the third aspect or any one of the foregoing. The method described in one possible implementation.
第十八方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行上述第四方面或任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。In an eighteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are executed on a computer, the computer executes the fourth aspect or any one of the foregoing. The method described in one possible implementation.
第十九方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行上述第一方面或的任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。In a nineteenth aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided. The computer program product is used to store computer instructions. When the computer instructions run on a computer, the computer executes the first aspect or any one of the above. The method described in one possible implementation.
第二十方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行上述第二方面或的任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。In a twentieth aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided. The computer program product is used to store computer instructions. When the computer instructions are executed on a computer, the computer can execute the second aspect or any one of the foregoing. The method described in one possible implementation.
第二十一方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行上述第三方面或的任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。In a twenty-first aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided, the computer program product is used to store computer instructions, and when the computer instructions run on a computer, the computer executes the third aspect or any of the above The method described in one possible implementation.
第二十二方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行上述第四方面或的任意一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。In a twenty-second aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided, the computer program product is used to store computer instructions, and when the computer instructions run on a computer, the computer executes the fourth aspect or any of the foregoing The method described in one possible implementation.
在本申请实施例中,通过增加寻呼帧,相当于增加了寻呼帧内的寻呼时机的个数。因为增加了寻呼帧内的寻呼时机的个数,则可以无需将DRX周期的长度配置的较小,以减小终端设备的功耗。而即使将DRX周期配置的较大,寻呼消息也可以及时发送,也可以减小寻呼时延,从而减小业务时延。In the embodiment of the present application, by increasing the paging frame, it is equivalent to increasing the number of paging occasions in the paging frame. Because the number of paging occasions in the paging frame is increased, there is no need to configure the length of the DRX cycle to be smaller, so as to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device. Even if the DRX cycle is configured to be larger, the paging message can be sent in time, and the paging delay can also be reduced, thereby reducing the service delay.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为DRX周期的长度过短导致终端设备功耗较大的示意图;Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram showing that the length of the DRX cycle is too short and the terminal equipment consumes a lot of power;
图2为DRX周期的长度过长导致时延较大的示意图;Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of a long time delay caused by an excessively long DRX cycle;
图3为本申请实施例的一种应用场景示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的第一种寻呼方法的流程图;FIG. 4 is a flowchart of the first paging method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图5为本申请实施例中DRX周期的长度根据参考时间来确定的一种示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of determining the length of the DRX cycle according to the reference time in an embodiment of the application;
图6为本申请实施例中终端设备确定的第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的一种示意图;6 is a schematic diagram of a first paging frame included in a first DRX cycle determined by a terminal device in an embodiment of this application;
图7为本申请实施例中终端设备分时执行两种DRX周期的一种示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device executing two DRX cycles in time sharing in an embodiment of this application;
图8为本申请实施例中终端设备同时执行两种DRX周期的一种示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device simultaneously executing two DRX cycles in an embodiment of the application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的第二种寻呼方法的流程图;FIG. 9 is a flowchart of a second paging method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的第一种终端设备的示意性框图;FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a first terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的第一种网络设备的示意性框图;FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a first network device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的第二种终端设备的示意性框图;FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a second type of terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的第二种网络设备的示意性框图;FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a second type of network device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的一种示意性框图;FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一示意性框图;15 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的再一示意性框图;FIG. 16 is still another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的又一示意性框图。FIG. 17 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为了使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。In order to make the objectives, technical solutions, and advantages of the embodiments of the present application clearer, the embodiments of the present application will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
以下,对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。Hereinafter, some terms in the embodiments of the present application will be explained to facilitate the understanding of those skilled in the art.
1)终端设备,包括向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,具体的,包括向用户提供语音的设备,或包括向用户提供数据连通性的设备,或包括向用户提供语音和数据连通性的设备。例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与核心网进行通信,与RAN交换语音或数据,或与RAN交互语音和数据。该终端设备可以包括用户设备(user equipment,UE)、无线终端设备、移动终端设备、设备到设备通信(device-to-device,D2D)终端设备、车到一切(vehicle to everything,V2X)终端设备、机器到机器/机器类通信(machine-to-machine/machine-type communications,M2M/MTC)终端设备、物联网(internet of things,IoT)终端设备、轻型终端设备(light UE)、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point,AP)、远程终端(remote terminal)、接入终端(access terminal)、用户终端(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)等。例如,可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话),具有移动终端设备的计算机,便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的移动装置等。例如,个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、等设备。还包括受限设备,例如功耗较低的设备,或存储能力有限的设备,或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification,RFID)、传感器、全球定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。1) Terminal devices, including devices that provide users with voice and/or data connectivity, specifically, include devices that provide users with voice, or include devices that provide users with data connectivity, or include devices that provide users with voice and data connectivity Sexual equipment. For example, it may include a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem. The terminal device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), exchange voice or data with the RAN, or exchange voice and data with the RAN. The terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device communication (device-to-device, D2D) terminal equipment, vehicle to everything (V2X) terminal equipment , Machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, Internet of things (IoT) terminal equipment, light UE, subscriber unit ( subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), User terminal (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc. For example, it may include mobile phones (or "cellular" phones), computers with mobile terminal equipment, portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, mobile devices with built-in computers, and so on. For example, personal communication service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants, PDA), and other equipment. It also includes restricted devices, such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备或智能穿戴式设备等,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes Wait. A wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a kind of hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
而如上介绍的各种终端设备,如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内),都可以认为是车载终端设备,车载终端设备例如也称为车载单元(on-board unit,OBU)。The various terminal devices described above, if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be regarded as vehicle-mounted terminal equipment, for example, the vehicle-mounted terminal equipment is also called on-board unit (OBU). ).
本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以包括中继(relay)。或者理解为,能够与基站进行数据通信的都可以看作终端设备。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also include a relay. Or it can be understood that everything that can communicate with the base station can be regarded as a terminal device.
本申请实施例中,用于实现终端设备的功能的装置可以是终端设备,也可以是能够支持终端设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在终端设备中。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现终端的功能的装置是终端设备为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。In the embodiments of the present application, the device for realizing the function of the terminal device may be a terminal device, or a device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the terminal device. In the embodiments of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. In the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application, the device used to implement the functions of the terminal is a terminal device as an example to describe the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application.
2)网络设备,例如包括接入网(access network,AN)设备,例如基站(例如,接入点),可以是指接入网中在空口通过一个或多个小区与无线终端设备通信的设备,或者例如,一种车到一切(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)技术中的网络设备为路侧单元(road side unit,RSU)。基站可用于将收到的空中帧与IP分组进行相互转换,作为终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括IP网络。RSU可以是支持V2X应用的固定基础设施实体,可以与支持V2X应用的其他实体交换消息。网络设备还可协调对空口的属性管理。例如,网络设备可以包括长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统或高级长期演进(long term evolution-advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),或者也可以包括第五代移动通信技术(the 5th generation,5G)NR系统(也简称为NR系统)中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB)或者也可以包括云接入网(cloud radio access network,Cloud RAN)系统中的集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),本申请实施例并不限定。2) Network equipment, including, for example, access network (AN) equipment, such as a base station (e.g., access point), which may refer to equipment that communicates with wireless terminal equipment through one or more cells on the air interface in the access network Or, for example, a network device in a vehicle-to-everything (V2X) technology is a roadside unit (RSU). The base station can be used to convert the received air frame and IP packet to each other, as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network can include the IP network. The RSU can be a fixed infrastructure entity that supports V2X applications, and can exchange messages with other entities that support V2X applications. The network equipment can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface. For example, the network equipment may include a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional NodeB) in a long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A) system, Or it may also include the next generation node B (gNB) in the 5th generation (5G) NR system (also referred to as the NR system) or cloud access network (cloud access network). The centralized unit (CU) and distributed unit (DU) in the radio access network (Cloud RAN) system are not limited in this embodiment of the application.
网络设备还可以包括核心网设备,核心网设备例如包括访问和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)或用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)等。The network equipment may also include core network equipment. The core network equipment includes, for example, access and mobility management functions (AMF) or user plane functions (UPF).
本申请实施例中,用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备,也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在网络设备中。在本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。In the embodiments of the present application, the device used to implement the function of the network device may be a network device, or a device capable of supporting the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the network device. In the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application, the device used to implement the functions of the network equipment is a network device as an example to describe the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application.
3)非连续接收(discontinuous reception,DRX),在DRX机制下,终端设备可以周期性的进入睡眠状态,不需要监听物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)。DRX在RRC空闲态、RRC非激活(inactive)态和RRC连接(connected)态等三种状态下的实现机制有所不同。其中,RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的DRX也称为IDLE DRX。在IDLE DRX下,终端设备主要监听寻呼,终端设备在一个DRX周期(DRX  cycle)监听一次寻呼时机(paging occasion)。终端设备如果有业务数据传输,则往往需要从RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态进入RRC连接态。3) Discontinuous reception (DRX). Under the DRX mechanism, the terminal device can periodically enter the sleep state without monitoring the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). The DRX has different implementation mechanisms in three states: the RRC idle state, the RRC inactive state, and the RRC connected state. Among them, DRX in the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state is also called IDLE DRX. Under IDLE DRX, the terminal device mainly monitors paging, and the terminal device monitors a paging occasion in a DRX cycle (DRX cycle). If the terminal device has service data transmission, it often needs to enter the RRC connected state from the RRC idle state or the RRC inactive state.
4)“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。4) "At least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. "The following at least one item (a)" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a). For example, at least one item (a) of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple .
以及,除非有相反的说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。例如,第一信息和第二信息,只是为了区分不同的信令,而并不是表示这两种信息的内容、优先级、发送顺序或者重要程度等的不同。And, unless otherwise stated, the ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second" mentioned in the embodiments of this application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or order of multiple objects. Importance. For example, the first information and the second information are only for distinguishing different signaling, but do not indicate the difference in content, priority, sending order, or importance of the two types of information.
如上介绍了本申请实施例涉及的一些概念,下面介绍本申请实施例的技术特征。Some concepts related to the embodiments of the present application are introduced as above, and the technical features of the embodiments of the present application are introduced below.
在无线通信系统,如第5代地面蜂窝无线通信系统——新无线(new radio,NR)通信系统中,终端设备和基站之间交互的信息通过物理信道进行承载。其中,基站发送的数据,也即下行数据,通常通过物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)承载;基站发送的控制信息,也即下行控制信息,通常通过PDCCH承载。基站可以发送同步信号块(synchronization signal block,SSB),一个SSB包括一个主同步信号(primary synchronization signal,PSS)、辅同步信号(secondary synchronization signal,SSS)和物理广播信道(physical broadcast channel,PBCH),PSS和SSS可以让终端设备与基站进行同步,而PBCH则用于承载主信息块(master information block,MIB)。In wireless communication systems, such as the fifth-generation terrestrial cellular wireless communication system—new radio (NR) communication system, the information exchanged between terminal equipment and base stations is carried through physical channels. Among them, the data sent by the base station, that is, downlink data, is usually carried by a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH); the control information sent by the base station, that is, downlink control information, is usually carried by the PDCCH. The base station can send a synchronization signal block (synchronization signal block, SSB). An SSB includes a primary synchronization signal (PSS), a secondary synchronization signal (SSS), and a physical broadcast channel (PBCH) , PSS and SSS can synchronize the terminal equipment with the base station, and the PBCH is used to carry the master information block (MIB).
在NR系统中,基站对于处于RRC空闲态(idle mode),或RRC休眠态(sleeping mode),或RRC非激活态(inactive mode)的终端设备,可以发送寻呼消息,以对这些终端设备发起寻呼,从而将这些终端设备唤醒。寻呼消息在寻呼时机中(paging occasion,PO)发送。PO的候选资源由周期性的寻呼搜索空间(search space)和控制资源集(control resource set,CORESET)构成。从终端设备接收的角度来说,在空闲态的终端设备可以通过DRX的方式接收寻呼消息,终端设备仅在与自己对应的PO中接收/检测/侦听(detect)寻呼消息,一个特定的终端设备具体检测哪些PO,是由该终端设备的身份号(ID)等参数确定的。In the NR system, the base station can send paging messages to terminal devices in RRC idle mode, or RRC sleeping mode (sleeping mode), or RRC inactive mode to initiate paging messages to these terminal devices. Paging to wake up these terminal devices. The paging message is sent in paging occasion (PO). The candidate resource of PO is composed of periodic paging search space (search space) and control resource set (CORESET). From the perspective of terminal device reception, the terminal device in the idle state can receive paging messages through DRX, and the terminal device only receives/detects/detects the paging message in the PO corresponding to itself. A specific The specific POs that the terminal device detects are determined by the terminal device’s identification number (ID) and other parameters.
在NR系统中,处于RRC空闲态或RRC非激活态的终端设备通过DRX接收寻呼消息时,会根据基站所配置的参数以及该终端设备的ID计算该终端设备所应检测的PO。终端设备在一个DRX周期中所检测的PO所在的寻呼帧(paging frame,PF)的系统帧号(system frame number,SFN),以及该SFN对应的PF内的PO的索引等,可以通过下面的公式确定:In the NR system, when a terminal device in an RRC idle state or an RRC inactive state receives a paging message through DRX, it will calculate the PO that the terminal device should detect according to the parameters configured by the base station and the ID of the terminal device. The system frame number (system frame number, SFN) of the paging frame (paging frame, PF) in which the PO is detected by the terminal device in a DRX cycle, and the index of the PO in the PF corresponding to the SFN, can be obtained from the following The formula is determined:
PF的SFN满足:PF's SFN satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2019127448-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2019127448-appb-000001
在该SFN中的PO的索引i s满足: The index i s of PO in the SFN satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2019127448-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2019127448-appb-000002
在如上公式中,SFN表示寻呼帧的系统帧号,PF_offset表示PF的偏移量,T表示DRX周期,N表示一个DRX周期内包括的PF的总数量,N s表示一个PF中包含的PO数,mod表示 取模运算,UE_ID表示根据终端设备的ID得到的量,floor(x)表示对x向下取整。其中,PF offset、T、N、N s等均是网络设备配置的,而UE_ID则是根据终端设备的ID决定的。例如,UE_ID可以是终端设备的5G短临时移动用户标识(5G-short-temporary mobile subscriber identity,5G-S-TMSI)的后10位。另外,由于NR系统往往具有基于SSB的波束扫描特征,因此一个PO中可以包括连续的s个PDCCH检测时机,其中s为基站在一个半帧中实际发送的SSB的数量。 In the above formula, SFN represents the system frame number of the paging frame, PF_offset represents the offset of the PF, T represents the DRX cycle, N represents the total number of PF included in a DRX cycle, and N s represents the PO contained in a PF The number, mod represents the modulo operation, UE_ID represents the amount obtained according to the ID of the terminal device, and floor(x) represents the rounding of x down. Among them, PF offset , T, N, N s, etc. are all configured by the network device, and UE_ID is determined according to the ID of the terminal device. For example, the UE_ID may be the last 10 digits of the 5G-short-temporary mobile subscriber identity (5G-S-TMSI) of the terminal device. In addition, because NR systems often have SSB-based beam scanning features, a PO can include s consecutive PDCCH detection opportunities, where s is the number of SSBs actually sent by the base station in one half frame.
由公式1可知,在一个DRX周期T中,终端设备仅在与该终端设备的ID对应的、唯一的一个PF中的唯一的一个PO中检测寻呼消息。It can be seen from formula 1 that in a DRX cycle T, the terminal device only detects a paging message in a unique PO in a unique PF corresponding to the ID of the terminal device.
在第4代地面蜂窝无线通信系统——LTE系统中,为了支持更长的终端设备休眠周期,引入了增强的DRX(enhanced DRX,eDRX)机制。eDRX周期相对于DRX周期来说一般会更长,eDRX与DRX之间为类似“嵌套”的关系,终端设备首先需要在一个较长的eDRX周期中确定与该终端设备的ID对应的寻呼超帧号(paging hyper-SFN,PH-SFN),以及确定在该寻呼超帧号对应的超帧中的寻呼时间窗(paging time window,PTW),然后在该PTW中,按照DRX的规则,进一步确定所需要检测的PF及PO。关于进一步确定所需要检测的PF及PO的方式,可参考如上的公式1和公式2。In the fourth-generation terrestrial cellular wireless communication system, the LTE system, an enhanced DRX (enhanced DRX, eDRX) mechanism is introduced in order to support a longer sleep period of terminal equipment. The eDRX cycle is generally longer than the DRX cycle. There is a similar "nested" relationship between eDRX and DRX. The terminal device first needs to determine the paging corresponding to the ID of the terminal device in a longer eDRX cycle. Super frame number (paging hyper-SFN, PH-SFN), and determine the paging time window (PTW) in the super frame corresponding to the paging super frame number, and then in the PTW, according to the DRX Rules to further determine the PF and PO that need to be detected. Regarding the method of further determining the PF and PO to be detected, please refer to the above formula 1 and formula 2.
例如,PH-SFN满足:For example, PH-SFN satisfies:
H-SFN mod T eDRX,H=(UE_ID_H mod T eDRX,H)    (公式3) H-SFN mod T eDRX, H = (UE_ID_H mod T eDRX, H ) (Formula 3)
PTW的起始SFN满足:The starting SFN of PTW satisfies:
SFN=256*i eDRX          (公式4) SFN=256*i eDRX (Formula 4)
其中,i eDRX满足: Among them, i eDRX satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2019127448-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2019127448-appb-000003
PTW的结束SFN满足:The end of PTW SFN meets:
SFN=(PTW start+L*100-1)mod 1024    (公式6) SFN=(PTW start +L*100-1)mod 1024 (Equation 6)
如上的公式3~公式5中,T eDRX,H表示eDRX的周期,T eDRX,H的单位为超帧,L表示PTW的长度,L的单位为秒。i eDRX表示PTW的起始SFN在一个SFN周期中的索引(以256个SFN为单位)。例如,i eDRX的取值范围为{0,1,2,3},这4个取值分别表示PTW的起始SFN是一个SFN周期中的第{0,256,412,768}个SFN。PTW start表示PTW的起始SFN。T eDRX,H和L均为网络设备配置的。UE_ID_H是根据终端设备的ID确定的,例如为终端设备的哈希ID(hashed ID)的高10位或高12位。从原理上说,eDRX与DRX非常类似。例如eDRX与DRX可以结合使用,结合方式为:终端设备根据该终端设备的UE_ID_H确定唯一的一个PH、以及确定该PH中的唯一的一个PTW;然后终端设备进一步根据该终端设备的UE_ID确定在该PTW中唯一的一个PF、以及确定该PF中唯一的一个PO,从而终端设备在该PO中检测寻呼消息。 As in the above formulas 3 to 5, TeDRX, H represents the period of eDRX, the unit of TeDRX, H is a super frame, L represents the length of the PTW, and the unit of L is a second. i eDRX represents the index of the starting SFN of the PTW in one SFN cycle (in units of 256 SFNs). For example, the value range of i eDRX is {0,1,2,3}, and these 4 values respectively indicate that the starting SFN of the PTW is the {0,256,412,768}th SFN in an SFN cycle. PTW start represents the start SFN of PTW. TeDRX, H and L are all configured by network equipment. UE_ID_H is determined according to the ID of the terminal device, for example, the upper 10 digits or the upper 12 digits of the hash ID (hashed ID) of the terminal device. In principle, eDRX is very similar to DRX. For example, eDRX and DRX can be used in combination. The combination is as follows: the terminal device determines a unique PH according to the UE_ID_H of the terminal device, and determines a unique PTW in the PH; then the terminal device further determines that the terminal device is in the The only PF in the PTW and the only PO in the PF are determined, so that the terminal device detects the paging message in the PO.
但目前NR系统并不支持eDRX。But the current NR system does not support eDRX.
目前,为终端设备所配置的DRX周期是单一的,即,为一个终端设备配置一种DRX周 期。在RRC空闲态的DRX中(或者eDRX+DRX中),从时域上看,终端设备检测的PO是周期性的、均匀分布的。从原理上说,若终端设备的下行业务的到达特征与DRX周期相适配,例如终端设备的下行业务到达的间隔为100ms,DRX周期的长度也约为100ms,则终端设备的下行业务到达时,终端设备在接收来自基站的寻呼消息时延迟不会太大,且终端设备也能在大部分时间中休眠以降低能耗。At present, the DRX cycle configured for terminal equipment is single, that is, one type of DRX cycle is configured for one terminal equipment. In RRC idle state DRX (or eDRX+DRX), from the time domain, the PO detected by the terminal device is periodic and evenly distributed. In principle, if the arrival characteristics of the downlink service of the terminal equipment are adapted to the DRX cycle, for example, the interval of the downlink service arrival of the terminal equipment is 100ms, and the length of the DRX cycle is also about 100ms, then the downlink service arrival of the terminal equipment , The terminal equipment will not have too much delay when receiving paging messages from the base station, and the terminal equipment can also sleep most of the time to reduce energy consumption.
但是,随着通信系统越发复杂、通信业务越发纷繁多样,现有的DRX机制不一定能适配终端设备的业务特征。例如,一些终端设备的下行业务可能存在“相对集中”的特征,例如在某工业园区内,每天凌晨的00:00~05:00中的每个小时的前10分钟内,中央控制器会抽样触发若干终端设备,例如传感器,每隔10秒采集一次温度/湿度数据。那么,如果将DRX周期的长度设置的较小,则在00:00~05:00的大部分时间里,终端设备的醒来和检测寻呼消息的操作都是不必要的,白白消耗了终端设备的电量,可参考图1。图1中,第二行的每个格子表示一个DRX周期的长度,第一行的矩形框表示下行业务。可见,在大部分时间里是没有下行业务到达的,但终端设备依然要按照较小的DRX周期进行检测,终端设备的多次检测过程都是无效的,且功耗也较大。而如果将DRX周期的长度设置的较大,则可能导致下行业务到达时终端设备处于休眠状态,距离下一次醒来还有很长时间,这又导致下行业务的时延过大,可参考图2。图2中,第二行的每个格子表示一个DRX周期的长度,第一行的矩形框表示下行业务。例如,在虚线所示的下行业务到达时,终端设备尚处于休眠状态,需要在下一个DRX周期开始时才能进行检测。这导致终端设备接收寻呼消息的时延过大,从而导致业务时延较大。However, as communication systems become more complex and communication services become more diverse, the existing DRX mechanism may not be able to adapt to the service characteristics of terminal devices. For example, the downlink services of some terminal devices may have the characteristic of being "relatively concentrated". For example, in an industrial park, the central controller will take samples in the first 10 minutes of each hour from 00:00 to 05:00 every morning. Trigger several terminal devices, such as sensors, to collect temperature/humidity data every 10 seconds. Then, if the length of the DRX cycle is set to be small, during most of the time from 00:00 to 05:00, the terminal device's waking up and the operation of detecting paging messages are unnecessary, which consumes the terminal in vain. Refer to Figure 1 for the power of the device. In Figure 1, each grid in the second row represents the length of a DRX cycle, and the rectangular box in the first row represents a downlink service. It can be seen that no downlink service arrives most of the time, but the terminal device still needs to perform detection according to a smaller DRX cycle, the multiple detection processes of the terminal device are invalid, and the power consumption is also large. However, if the length of the DRX cycle is set to be larger, it may cause the terminal device to be in a dormant state when the downlink service arrives, and there is still a long time before the next wake-up, which in turn causes the downlink service delay to be too long. Refer to the figure. 2. In Figure 2, each grid in the second row represents the length of a DRX cycle, and the rectangular box in the first row represents a downlink service. For example, when the downlink service shown by the dashed line arrives, the terminal device is still in a dormant state, and it needs to be detected at the beginning of the next DRX cycle. This leads to too long a delay for the terminal device to receive a paging message, which leads to a long service delay.
可见,单一的DRX周期的配置可能无法满足终端设备的业务需求。It can be seen that a single DRX cycle configuration may not meet the service requirements of terminal equipment.
鉴于此,提供本申请实施例的技术方案。在本申请实施例中,可以为终端设备配置第一DRX周期,且可以为第一DRX周期配置多个第一偏移量,从而根据多个第一偏移量可以确定多个寻呼帧,网络设备可以在这些寻呼帧内发送寻呼消息,终端设备也可以在这些寻呼帧内检测寻呼消息,通过增加寻呼帧,相当于增加了寻呼帧内的寻呼时机的个数。因为增加了寻呼帧内的寻呼时机的个数,则可以无需将DRX周期的长度配置的较小,以减小终端设备的功耗。而即使将DRX周期配置的较大,寻呼消息也可以及时发送,也可以减小寻呼时延,从而减小业务时延。In view of this, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are provided. In the embodiment of the present application, the first DRX cycle can be configured for the terminal device, and multiple first offsets can be configured for the first DRX cycle, so that multiple paging frames can be determined according to the multiple first offsets, Network devices can send paging messages in these paging frames, and terminal devices can also detect paging messages in these paging frames. By adding paging frames, it is equivalent to increasing the number of paging occasions in the paging frames. . Because the number of paging occasions in the paging frame is increased, there is no need to configure the length of the DRX cycle to be smaller, so as to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device. Even if the DRX cycle is configured to be larger, the paging message can be sent in time, and the paging delay can also be reduced, thereby reducing the service delay.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于第四代移动通信技术(the 4th generation,4G)系统中,例如LTE系统,或可以应用于5G系统中,例如NR系统,或者还可以应用于下一代移动通信系统或其他类似的通信系统,只要存在一个实体可以对另一个实体发起寻呼即可,具体的不做限制。另外,本申请实施例在介绍过程中是以网络设备和终端设备之间的空口通信过程为例,实际上本申请实施例提供的技术方案也可以应用于侧行链路(sidelink,SL),只要一个终端设备能够对另一个终端设备发起寻呼即可。例如,本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)场景,可以是NR D2D场景也可以是LTE D2D场景等,或者可以应用于车到一切(vehicle to everything,V2X)场景,可以是NR V2X场景也可以是LTE V2X场景等,例如可应用于车联网,例如V2X、LTE-V、车与车(vehicle-to-vehicle,V2V)等,或可用于智能驾驶,智能网联车等领域。The technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application can be applied to the 4th generation (4G) mobile communication technology (the 4th generation, 4G) system, such as the LTE system, or can be applied to the 5G system, such as the NR system, or can also be applied to the next generation For mobile communication systems or other similar communication systems, as long as there is one entity that can initiate paging to another entity, there is no specific limitation. In addition, in the introduction process of the embodiment of this application, the air interface communication process between the network device and the terminal device is taken as an example. In fact, the technical solution provided by the embodiment of this application can also be applied to a sidelink (SL). As long as one terminal device can initiate paging to another terminal device. For example, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to device-to-device (D2D) scenarios, can be NR D2D scenarios, LTE D2D scenarios, etc., or can be applied to vehicle-to-everything (vehicle to everything) scenarios. everything (V2X) scenario, it can be NR V2X scenario or LTE V2X scenario, etc., for example, it can be applied to the Internet of Vehicles, such as V2X, LTE-V, vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), etc., or can be used for Intelligent driving, intelligent networked vehicles and other fields.
请参见图3,为本申请实施例的一种应用场景。在图3中,接入网设备1通过无线传输方式服务于终端设备1和终端设备2,接入网设备2通过无线传输方式服务于终端设备3。接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)实体或用户 面功能(user plane function,UPF)实体通过有线方式(如下一代(next generation,NG)-控制(control,C)/用户(user,U)接口)与接入网设备1和接入网设备2连接。接入网设备1和接入网设备2之间可以通过有线方式(如Xn接口)连接。AMF负责终端设备的接入和移动性管理,可以对终端设备发起寻呼。UPF也可以对终端设备发起寻呼。另外,接入网设备也可以对终端设备发起寻呼,例如接入网设备1可以对终端设备1或终端设备2发起寻呼,接入网设备2可以对终端设备3发起寻呼。Please refer to FIG. 3, which is an application scenario of an embodiment of this application. In FIG. 3, the access network device 1 serves the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2 through a wireless transmission method, and the access network device 2 serves the terminal device 3 through a wireless transmission method. The access and mobility management function (AMF) entity or the user plane function (UPF) entity adopts wired methods (such as next generation (NG)-control (C)/C)/ A user (user, U) interface) is connected to the access network device 1 and the access network device 2. The access network device 1 and the access network device 2 may be connected in a wired manner (such as an Xn interface). AMF is responsible for terminal equipment access and mobility management, and can initiate paging to terminal equipment. UPF can also initiate paging to terminal devices. In addition, the access network device can also initiate paging to the terminal device. For example, the access network device 1 can initiate paging to the terminal device 1 or the terminal device 2, and the access network device 2 can initiate paging to the terminal device 3.
图3是以NR系统为例,但本申请实施例也可以应用于LTE系统等。如果本申请实施例应用于LTE系统,则核心网设备可以不是AMF/UPF,而例如为移动管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)。或者,如果本申请实施例应用于其他的通信系统,则核心网设备或基站等也可以替换为相应通信系统中的实现形式。Fig. 3 is an NR system as an example, but the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to an LTE system and the like. If the embodiments of this application are applied to an LTE system, the core network equipment may not be AMF/UPF, but may be a mobility management entity (MME), for example. Alternatively, if the embodiments of the present application are applied to other communication systems, core network equipment or base stations, etc. may also be replaced with implementation forms in the corresponding communication system.
图3中的接入网设备例如为基站。其中,接入网设备在不同的系统对应不同的设备,例如在4G系统中可以对应4G中的接入网设备,eNB,在5G系统中对应5G中的接入网设备,例如gNB。当然本申请实施例所提供的技术方案也可以应用于未来的移动通信系统中,因此图3中的接入网设备也可以对应未来的移动通信系统中的接入网设备。图3以接入网设备是基站为例,实际上参考前文的介绍,接入网设备还可以是RSU等设备。另外,图3中的终端设备以手机为例,实际上根据前文对于终端设备的介绍可知,本申请实施例的终端设备不限于手机。The access network device in FIG. 3 is, for example, a base station. Among them, the access network equipment corresponds to different equipment in different systems. For example, in a 4G system, it can correspond to an access network equipment in 4G, eNB, and in a 5G system, it corresponds to an access network equipment in 5G, such as gNB. Of course, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to future mobile communication systems. Therefore, the access network equipment in FIG. 3 can also correspond to the access network equipment in the future mobile communication system. Figure 3 takes the access network device as a base station as an example. In fact, referring to the previous introduction, the access network device may also be a device such as an RSU. In addition, the terminal device in FIG. 3 uses a mobile phone as an example. In fact, according to the introduction to the terminal device in the foregoing, the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the mobile phone.
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例提供的方法。The following describes the method provided by the embodiment of the present application with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例提供第一种寻呼方法,请参见图4,为该方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中,以该方法应用于图3所示的网络架构为例。The embodiment of the present application provides a first paging method. Please refer to FIG. 4, which is a flowchart of this method. In the following introduction process, the application of this method to the network architecture shown in FIG. 3 is taken as an example.
为了便于介绍,在下文中,以该方法由网络设备和终端设备执行为例。因为本实施例是以应用在图3所示的网络架构为例,因此,下文中所述的网络设备可以是图3所示的网络架构中的核心网设备,例如AMF或UPF,或者也可以是图3所示的网络架构中的接入网设备,例如接入网设备1或接入网设备2;如果下文中所述的网络设备是图3所示的网络架构中的核心网设备,则下文中所述的终端设备可以是图3所示的网络架构中的终端设备1~终端设备3中的任意一个终端设备,或者,如果下文中所述的网络设备是图3所示的网络架构中的接入网设备1,则下文中所述的终端设备可以是图3所示的网络架构中的终端设备1或终端设备2,而如果下文中所述的网络设备是图3所示的网络架构中的接入网设备2,则下文中所述的终端设备可以是图3所示的网络架构中的终端设备3。其中,如果下文中所述的网络设备是图3所示的网络架构中的核心网设备,那么网络设备和终端设备之间的交互可以通过接入网设备转发,例如终端设备发送给网络设备的信息可以通过接入网设备转发给核心网设备,核心网设备下发的寻呼消息等也可以通过接入网设备转发给终端设备。For ease of introduction, in the following, the method executed by the network device and the terminal device is taken as an example. Because this embodiment is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 3 as an example, the network device described below may be a core network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, such as AMF or UPF, or may also be Is the access network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, for example, the access network device 1 or the access network device 2; if the network device described below is the core network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, Then the terminal device described below may be any one of the terminal device 1 to terminal device 3 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, or if the network device described below is the network shown in FIG. 3 The access network device 1 in the architecture, the terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 or the terminal device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, and if the network device described below is shown in FIG. 3 For the access network device 2 in the network architecture, the terminal device described below may be the terminal device 3 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3. Among them, if the network device described below is the core network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, then the interaction between the network device and the terminal device can be forwarded through the access network device, for example, the terminal device sends a message to the network device. Information can be forwarded to the core network device through the access network device, and paging messages issued by the core network device can also be forwarded to the terminal device through the access network device.
S41、终端设备向网络设备发送业务信息和/或DRX期望信息,具体的,终端设备向网络设备发送业务信息,或发送DRX期望信息,或发送业务信息和DRX期望信息。如果终端设备向网络设备发送业务信息,则网络设备接收来自终端设备的业务信息;如果终端设备向网络设备发送DRX期望信息,则网络设备接收来自终端设备的DRX期望信息;如果终端设备向网络设备发送业务信息和DRX期望信息,则网络设备接收来自终端设备的业务信息和DRX期望信息。S41. The terminal device sends the service information and/or the DRX desired information to the network device. Specifically, the terminal device sends the service information, or sends the DRX desired information, or sends the service information and the DRX desired information to the network device. If the terminal device sends business information to the network device, the network device receives the business information from the terminal device; if the terminal device sends the desired DRX information to the network device, the network device receives the desired DRX information from the terminal device; if the terminal device sends the desired DRX information to the network device When the service information and the DRX expectation information are sent, the network device receives the service information and the DRX expectation information from the terminal device.
业务信息可以包括终端设备正在进行的业务信息,或终端设备将要进行的业务的信息, 或终端设备正在进行的业务的信息以及将要进行的业务的信息。DRX期望信息可以指示终端设备所期望的DRX配置。例如,DRX期望信息可以指示终端设备所期望的DRX周期的个数(即,希望配置多少种DRX周期),还可以指示终端设备期望配置的每种DRX周期的长度,另外还可以指示终端设备期望配置的每种DRX周期所对应的第一偏移量的个数或取值等。关于第一偏移量的概念,将在下个步骤中介绍。The service information may include information about the ongoing service of the terminal device, or information about the service to be performed by the terminal device, or information about the ongoing service and the information of the service to be performed by the terminal device. The DRX expectation information may indicate the DRX configuration expected by the terminal device. For example, the DRX expectation information can indicate the number of DRX cycles expected by the terminal device (that is, how many DRX cycles it wants to configure), and can also indicate the length of each DRX cycle that the terminal device expects to configure, and it can also indicate that the terminal device expects The number or value of the first offset corresponding to each type of DRX cycle configured. The concept of the first offset will be introduced in the next step.
总之,终端设备可以将业务信息发送给网络设备,网络设备可以根据业务信息来确定该终端设备的DRX配置;或者,终端设备也可以将DRX期望配置信息发送给网络设备,网络设备在确定该终端设备的DRX配置时可参考该DRX期望配置信息,使得网络设备的配置结果更符合终端设备的需求。In short, a terminal device can send service information to a network device, and the network device can determine the DRX configuration of the terminal device based on the service information; or, the terminal device can also send DRX desired configuration information to the network device, and the network device is determining the terminal device The DRX configuration information of the device can be referred to the DRX desired configuration information, so that the configuration result of the network device is more in line with the requirements of the terminal device.
S41只是可选的步骤,不是必须执行的。S41 is only an optional step, not mandatory.
另外,如果终端设备是向网络设备发送业务信息,而不发送DRX期望配置信息,那么在S41之前,终端设备还可以向网络设备发送第一通知消息,网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一通知消息,第一通知消息指示终端设备能够支持配置至少一种DRX周期,且支持为其中的一个或多个DRX周期配置多个第一偏移量。相当于,终端设备是否支持本申请实施例的这种DRX配置,终端设备可以先告知网络设备,从而便于网络设备后续的配置。而如果终端设备向网络设备发送了DRX期望配置信息,则因为终端设备所发送的DRX期望配置信息已经隐含表明终端设备能够支持配置至少一种DRX周期,且支持为其中的一个或多个DRX周期配置多个第一偏移量,因此,终端设备可以不必再向网络设备发送第一通知消息,以节省信令开销。或者,即使终端设备向网络设备发送了DRX期望配置信息,终端设备也可以向网络设备发送第一通知消息,以指示终端设备能够支持配置至少一种DRX周期,且支持为其中的一个或多个DRX周期配置多个第一偏移量,这样也使得指示更为明确。In addition, if the terminal device sends service information to the network device without sending the DRX desired configuration information, the terminal device may also send a first notification message to the network device before S41, and the network device receives the first notification message from the terminal device , The first notification message indicates that the terminal device can support the configuration of at least one DRX cycle, and supports the configuration of multiple first offsets for one or more of the DRX cycles. It is equivalent to whether the terminal device supports the DRX configuration of the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can inform the network device first, so as to facilitate subsequent configuration of the network device. And if the terminal device sends the DRX desired configuration information to the network device, it is because the DRX desired configuration information sent by the terminal device has implicitly indicated that the terminal device can support the configuration of at least one DRX cycle, and support for one or more DRX cycles. Multiple first offsets are periodically configured, therefore, the terminal device may no longer need to send the first notification message to the network device, so as to save signaling overhead. Or, even if the terminal device sends the DRX desired configuration information to the network device, the terminal device may also send the first notification message to the network device to indicate that the terminal device can support the configuration of at least one DRX cycle and support one or more of them. The DRX period configures multiple first offsets, which also makes the indication more clear.
而对于网络设备来说,也可以通过广播消息等方式,指示网络设备能够支持配置至少一种DRX周期,且支持为其中的一个或多个DRX周期配置多个第一偏移量。这样终端设备接收广播消息后,也能够知道网络设备是否支持本申请实施例提供的DRX配置。For the network device, it is also possible to instruct the network device to support the configuration of at least one DRX cycle, and to support the configuration of multiple first offsets for one or more of the DRX cycles, through a broadcast message or the like. In this way, after receiving the broadcast message, the terminal device can also know whether the network device supports the DRX configuration provided in the embodiment of the present application.
终端设备可以先发送第一通知消息,网络设备接收第一通知消息后再发送广播消息;或者,网络设备可以先发送广播消息,终端设备接收广播消息后再向网络设备发送第一通知消息;或者,终端设备发送第一通知消息和网络设备发送广播消息可以一起发生;或者,虽然网络设备发送了广播消息,但终端设备在未接收该广播消息时就可以向网络设备发送第一通知消息,反之亦然,即,虽然终端设备向网络设备发送了第一通知消息,但网络设备也可以在未接收第一通知消息时就发送广播消息。The terminal device may send the first notification message first, and the network device may send the broadcast message after receiving the first notification message; or the network device may send the broadcast message first, and the terminal device may send the first notification message to the network device after receiving the broadcast message; or , The terminal device sending the first notification message and the network device sending the broadcast message can occur together; or, although the network device sends the broadcast message, the terminal device can send the first notification message to the network device when the broadcast message is not received, and vice versa The same is true, that is, although the terminal device sends the first notification message to the network device, the network device may also send the broadcast message when the first notification message is not received.
当然,终端设备向网络设备发送第一通知消息,以及网络设备发送广播消息等,都只是可选的步骤。例如终端设备和网络设备也可以默认支持本申请实施例提供的DRX配置,或者默认不支持本申请实施例提供的DRX配置。Of course, sending the first notification message by the terminal device to the network device and sending the broadcast message by the network device are only optional steps. For example, the terminal device and the network device may also support the DRX configuration provided in the embodiment of the present application by default, or do not support the DRX configuration provided in the embodiment of the present application by default.
S42、网络设备确定至少一个DRX配置信息。S42. The network device determines at least one piece of DRX configuration information.
如果执行了S41,那么如果网络设备接收来自终端设备的业务信息,网络设备可以根据业务信息来确定该终端设备的DRX配置;或者,如果网络设备接收了来自终端设备的DRX期望配置信息,网络设备在确定该终端设备的DRX配置时可参考该DRX期望配置信息,使得网络设备的配置结果更符合终端设备的需求。其中,如果网络设备接收了来自终端设备的DRX期望配置信息,则网络设备可以与终端设备协商,以确定最终的DRX配置信息,那么所述的至少一个DRX配置信息,可以是网络设备与终端设备协商的结果。当然,即使 网络设备接收了来自终端设备的DRX期望配置信息,网络设备也可以不与终端设备协商,而是自行确定最终的DRX配置信息,即,确定所述的至少一个DRX配置信息。If S41 is executed, then if the network device receives the service information from the terminal device, the network device can determine the DRX configuration of the terminal device according to the service information; or, if the network device receives the DRX desired configuration information from the terminal device, the network device When determining the DRX configuration of the terminal device, the desired DRX configuration information can be referred to, so that the configuration result of the network device is more in line with the requirements of the terminal device. Wherein, if the network device receives the DRX desired configuration information from the terminal device, the network device can negotiate with the terminal device to determine the final DRX configuration information, then the at least one DRX configuration information may be the network device and the terminal device The result of the negotiation. Of course, even if the network device receives the DRX desired configuration information from the terminal device, the network device may not negotiate with the terminal device, but determine the final DRX configuration information by itself, that is, determine the at least one DRX configuration information.
而如果未执行S41,那么例如,网络设备可以根据该终端设备的历史业务信息、历史DRX配置、或者其他信息等来确定该终端设备的DRX配置,即,确定所述的至少一个DRX配置信息。If S41 is not performed, for example, the network device can determine the DRX configuration of the terminal device according to the historical service information, historical DRX configuration, or other information of the terminal device, that is, determine the at least one DRX configuration information.
至少一个DRX配置信息中的每个DRX配置信息可以配置一种DRX周期,也就是说,至少一个DRX配置信息可以配置至少一种DRX周期。至少一种DRX周期的个数可以大于或等于1,如果至少一种DRX周期的个数大于1,则至少一种DRX周期中,可能不同的DRX周期的长度均不同,或者,也可能有的DRX周期的长度相同。但即使两个DRX周期的长度相同,也认为这是两种不同的DRX周期,只是长度相同而已。Each DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information can configure one type of DRX cycle, that is, at least one DRX configuration information can configure at least one DRX cycle. The number of at least one DRX cycle may be greater than or equal to 1. If the number of at least one DRX cycle is greater than 1, then in the at least one DRX cycle, the lengths of different DRX cycles may be different, or, there may be some The length of the DRX cycle is the same. But even if the lengths of the two DRX cycles are the same, they are considered to be two different DRX cycles, but the lengths are the same.
至少一个DRX配置信息包括第一DRX配置信息,第一DRX配置信息可以用于配置第一DRX周期,例如第一DRX配置信息可以配置第一DRX周期的长度(即,时域长度)等信息。显然,第一DRX周期是至少一种DRX周期中的一种。The at least one DRX configuration information includes first DRX configuration information, and the first DRX configuration information may be used to configure the first DRX cycle. For example, the first DRX configuration information may configure information such as the length of the first DRX cycle (ie, time domain length). Obviously, the first DRX cycle is one of at least one DRX cycle.
如果执行了S41,那么如果网络设备接收来自终端设备的业务信息,网络设备可以根据业务信息来确定该终端设备的DRX周期的长度;或者,如果网络设备接收了来自终端设备的DRX期望配置信息,网络设备在确定该终端设备的DRX周期的长度时可参考该DRX期望配置信息,使得网络设备的配置结果更符合终端设备的需求。而如果未执行S41,那么例如,网络设备可以根据该终端设备的历史业务信息、历史DRX配置、或者其他信息等来确定该终端设备的DRX周期的长度。If S41 is performed, then if the network device receives the service information from the terminal device, the network device can determine the length of the DRX cycle of the terminal device according to the service information; or, if the network device receives the DRX desired configuration information from the terminal device, The network device can refer to the DRX desired configuration information when determining the length of the DRX cycle of the terminal device, so that the configuration result of the network device is more in line with the requirements of the terminal device. If S41 is not performed, for example, the network device may determine the length of the DRX cycle of the terminal device according to the historical service information, historical DRX configuration, or other information of the terminal device.
作为网络设备确定第一DRX周期的长度的一种可选的方式,第一DRX周期的长度,可以根据第一DRX周期所在的时域位置以及参考时间确定,或者说,网络设备可以根据第一DRX周期所在的时域位置以及参考时间确定第一DRX周期的长度。其中,参考时间可以由网络设备配置。例如执行了S41,终端设备向网络设备发送的业务信息或DRX期望配置信息中可以包括参考时间的信息,则网络设备可以确定该参考时间,并可以通过第一消息再配置给终端设备,或者网络设备也可以通过其他消息(例如第二消息)将参考时间发送给终端设备。或者未执行S41,网络设备可以根据该终端设备的历史业务信息、历史DRX配置、或者其他信息等确定参考时间,并可以通过第一消息再配置给终端设备,或者网络设备也可以通过第二消息将参考时间发送给终端设备。参考时间可以指示业务的繁忙时间或空闲时间。参考时间可以是时间点,也可以是时间段。As an optional way for the network device to determine the length of the first DRX cycle, the length of the first DRX cycle can be determined according to the time domain location and the reference time of the first DRX cycle, or in other words, the network device can be determined according to the first DRX cycle. The time domain location where the DRX cycle is located and the reference time determine the length of the first DRX cycle. Among them, the reference time can be configured by the network device. For example, after performing S41, the service information or DRX desired configuration information sent by the terminal device to the network device may include information about the reference time, the network device may determine the reference time, and reconfigure it to the terminal device through the first message, or the network device The device may also send the reference time to the terminal device through other messages (for example, the second message). Or S41 is not executed, the network device may determine the reference time according to the terminal device’s historical service information, historical DRX configuration, or other information, and may reconfigure it to the terminal device through the first message, or the network device may also use the second message Send the reference time to the terminal device. The reference time may indicate the busy time or idle time of the business. The reference time can be a point in time or a time period.
例如,参考时间指示业务的繁忙时间,且参考时间为时间点,则如果第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与参考时间之间的间隔越短,第一DRX周期的长度就越短,而如果第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与参考时间之间的间隔越长,第一DRX周期的长度就越长。因为离参考时间越近,表明业务越繁忙,接收寻呼消息的可能性越大,因此第一DRX周期的长度可以较短,使得终端设备能够在尽量多的寻呼时机检测寻呼消息。而离参考时间越远,表明业务越空闲,接收寻呼消息的可能性较小,因此第一DRX周期的长度可以较长,使得终端设备无需在过多的寻呼时机检测寻呼消息,节省终端设备的功耗。For example, the reference time indicates the busy time of the service, and the reference time is the time point, then if the interval between the time domain position of the first DRX cycle and the reference time is shorter, the length of the first DRX cycle is shorter, and if The longer the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time, the longer the length of the first DRX cycle. Since the closer to the reference time, the busier the service and the greater the possibility of receiving the paging message, the length of the first DRX cycle may be shorter, so that the terminal device can detect the paging message at as many paging occasions as possible. The farther away from the reference time, the more idle the service and the lower the possibility of receiving paging messages. Therefore, the length of the first DRX cycle can be longer, so that the terminal device does not need to detect paging messages at too many paging occasions, saving The power consumption of the terminal device.
又例如,参考时间指示业务的空闲时间,且参考时间为时间点,则如果第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与参考时间之间的间隔越短,第一DRX周期的长度就越长,而如果第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与参考时间之间的间隔越长,第一DRX周期的长度就越短。因为离参考时间越远,表明业务越繁忙,接收寻呼消息的可能性越大,因此第一DRX周期的长 度可以较短,使得终端设备能够在尽量多的寻呼时机检测寻呼消息。而离参考时间越近,表明业务越空闲,接收寻呼消息的可能性较小,因此第一DRX周期的长度可以较长,使得终端设备无需在过多的寻呼时机检测寻呼消息,节省终端设备的功耗。For another example, the reference time indicates the idle time of the service, and the reference time is a point in time, if the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time is shorter, the length of the first DRX cycle is longer, and If the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time is longer, the length of the first DRX cycle is shorter. Because the farther away from the reference time, the busier the service and the greater the possibility of receiving the paging message, the length of the first DRX cycle can be shorter, so that the terminal device can detect the paging message at as many paging occasions as possible. The closer to the reference time, the more idle the service and the lower the possibility of receiving paging messages. Therefore, the length of the first DRX cycle can be longer, so that the terminal device does not need to detect paging messages at too many paging occasions, saving The power consumption of the terminal device.
例如,参考时间为时间点,第一DRX周期的长度可以满足如下关系:For example, the reference time is a time point, and the length of the first DRX cycle may satisfy the following relationship:
Figure PCTCN2019127448-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2019127448-appb-000004
公式7中,T ref表示集合{T ref1、T ref2、……}中的任意一个,该集合为参考时间集合,该集合包括一个或多个参考时间,也就是说,T ref1、T ref2、……均表示参考时间。t表示第一DRX周期的时域位置。一个DRX周期的时域位置,例如是指该DRX周期的起始时域位置,或结束时域位置,或中心时域位置,或该DRX周期内的任意时域位置。T thres1,T thres2,……,T thres(k-1),表示k个阈值。k个阈值可以由网络设备配置。 In Formula 7, T ref represents any one of the sets {T ref1 , T ref2 , ...}, which is a reference time set, and the set includes one or more reference times, that is, T ref1 , T ref2 , ……All indicate reference time. t represents the time domain position of the first DRX cycle. The time domain position of a DRX cycle, for example, refers to the start time domain position, or the end time domain position of the DRX cycle, or the center time domain position, or any time domain position within the DRX cycle. T thres1 , T thres2 ,..., T thres(k-1) , representing k thresholds. The k thresholds can be configured by the network device.
至少一种DRX周期中的全部DRX周期或部分DRX周期中的每种DRX周期,都可以按照参考时间来确定长度,例如都可以按照公式7来确定长度。The length of all DRX cycles or each of the partial DRX cycles in at least one DRX cycle can be determined according to the reference time, for example, the length can be determined according to Formula 7.
例如可参考图5,为DRX周期的长度根据参考时间来确定的一种示例。其中,图5以参考时间表示业务的繁忙时间为例。可以看到在图7中,时域位置与参考时间1之间的距离小于第一阈值的DRX周期,长度为T1,时域位置与参考时间1之间的距离大于第一阈值且小于第二阈值的DRX周期,长度为T2,T2大于T1。另外,时域位置与参考时间2之间的距离小于第一阈值的DRX周期,长度为T3,时域位置与参考时间1之间的距离大于第一阈值且小于第二阈值的DRX周期,长度为T4,T3大于T4。其中,T3和T1可以相等,也可以不相等,T2和T4可以相等,也可以不相等。For example, refer to FIG. 5, which is an example in which the length of the DRX cycle is determined according to the reference time. Among them, Fig. 5 uses the reference time to indicate the busy time of the business as an example. It can be seen that in Figure 7, the distance between the time domain position and the reference time 1 is less than the first threshold DRX cycle, the length is T1, and the distance between the time domain position and the reference time 1 is greater than the first threshold and less than the second threshold. The threshold DRX cycle has a length of T2, and T2 is greater than T1. In addition, the distance between the time domain position and the reference time 2 is less than the first threshold value of the DRX cycle, the length is T3, and the distance between the time domain position and the reference time 1 is greater than the first threshold value and less than the second threshold value of the DRX cycle, the length T4, T3 is greater than T4. Among them, T3 and T1 may be equal or unequal, and T2 and T4 may be equal or unequal.
再例如,参考时间也可以为一个时间段。以网络设备为终端设备配置了一个参考时间(或者,称为参考时间段)为例。当一个DRX周期所在的时域位置在该参考时间所对应的时间段内时,该DRX周期的长度为T1;而当一个DRX周期所在的时域位置在该参考时间所对应的时间段外时,该DRX周期的长度为T2。本申请实施例也可以应用到网络设备为终端设备配置了多个参考时间,这多个参考时间分别对应各自的时间段的情况。例如,存在M个参考时间段{P1,P2,P3……PM},其中,P1包括在P2中,P2包括在P3中……P(M-1)包括在PM中。当一个DRX周期所在的时域位置在P1中时,该DRX周期的长度为T1;当一个DRX周期所在的时域位置在P1之外且在P2之中时,该DRX周期的长度为T2……当一个DRX周期所在的时域位置在P(M-1)之外且在PM之中时,该DRX周期长度为TM;当一个DRX周期所在的时域位置在PM之外时,该DRX周期长度为T(M+1)。For another example, the reference time may also be a time period. Take the network device configuring a reference time (or, referred to as a reference time period) for the terminal device as an example. When the time domain position of a DRX cycle is within the time period corresponding to the reference time, the length of the DRX cycle is T1; and when the time domain position of a DRX cycle is outside the time period corresponding to the reference time , The length of the DRX cycle is T2. The embodiments of the present application can also be applied to a situation where a network device configures a terminal device with multiple reference times, and the multiple reference times correspond to respective time periods. For example, there are M reference time periods {P1, P2, P3...PM}, where P1 is included in P2, P2 is included in P3...P(M-1) is included in PM. When the time domain position of a DRX cycle is in P1, the length of the DRX cycle is T1; when the time domain position of a DRX cycle is outside of P1 and in P2, the length of the DRX cycle is T2... …When the time domain location of a DRX cycle is outside P(M-1) and in PM, the DRX cycle length is TM; when the time domain location of a DRX cycle is outside PM, the DRX cycle The period length is T(M+1).
当然,网络设备也可以不根据参考时间来确定DRX周期的长度,而是根据其他因素确定DRX周期的长度,具体的不做限制。Of course, the network device may not determine the length of the DRX cycle according to the reference time, but determine the length of the DRX cycle according to other factors, which is not specifically limited.
另外,第一DRX周期例如对应于多个第一偏移量,或者说,第一DRX配置信息可以配置第一DRX周期对应的多个第一偏移量,这多个第一偏移量中可以包括小区公共的偏移量PF_offset,或者也可以不包括小区公共的偏移量。其中,第一偏移量可以指示寻呼帧的时域位置,或者说,根据一个第一偏移量,可以确定一个寻呼帧的时域位置。因此,本申请实施例中的第一偏移量,也可以称为寻呼帧偏移量,或者也可以有其他名称,名称不构成对特征的限定。寻呼帧的时域位置和第一偏移量可以认为是一一对应的,或者说,寻呼 帧和第一偏移量可以认为是一一对应的。例如将第一DRX周期内的寻呼帧称为第一寻呼帧,那么,根据第一DRX周期对应的多个第一偏移量,就可以确定第一DRX周期内的多个第一寻呼帧的时域位置,第一寻呼帧和第一DRX周期对应的第一偏移量是一一对应的。In addition, the first DRX cycle corresponds to, for example, multiple first offsets. In other words, the first DRX configuration information may configure multiple first offsets corresponding to the first DRX cycle. Among the multiple first offsets, It may include the offset PF_offset common to the cell, or may not include the offset common to the cell. The first offset may indicate the time domain position of the paging frame, or in other words, the time domain position of a paging frame may be determined according to a first offset. Therefore, the first offset in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as the paging frame offset, or may have other names, and the names do not constitute a limitation on the characteristics. The time domain position of the paging frame and the first offset can be considered to have a one-to-one correspondence, or in other words, the paging frame and the first offset can be considered to have a one-to-one correspondence. For example, the paging frame in the first DRX cycle is called the first paging frame. Then, according to the multiple first offsets corresponding to the first DRX cycle, the multiple first paging frames in the first DRX cycle can be determined. The time domain position of the paging frame and the first offset corresponding to the first paging frame and the first DRX cycle are in a one-to-one correspondence.
作为一种可选的实施方式,第一DRX配置信息除了可以配置第一DRX周期,配置第一DRX周期对应的多个第一偏移量之外,还可以配置第一DRX周期对应于至少一个第二偏移量,其中,至少一个第二偏移量中的一个第二偏移量可以用于确定一个寻呼时机,因此,第二偏移量也可以称为寻呼时机偏移量,或者也可以有其他名称,名称不构成对特征的限制。例如,第一DRX周期对应的多个第一偏移量中的全部或部分中的每个第一偏移量,可以对应一个或多个第二偏移量,从而多个第一偏移量共对应至少一个第二偏移量。As an optional implementation manner, in addition to configuring the first DRX cycle and configuring multiple first offsets corresponding to the first DRX cycle, the first DRX configuration information can also be configured to correspond to at least one DRX cycle. The second offset, where one of the at least one second offset can be used to determine a paging occasion. Therefore, the second offset can also be referred to as a paging occasion offset, Or there can be other names, and the name does not constitute a restriction on the feature. For example, each of all or part of the multiple first offsets corresponding to the first DRX cycle may correspond to one or more second offsets, so that the multiple first offsets Corresponds to at least one second offset in total.
对于目前来说,终端设备在一个寻呼帧内只有一个寻呼时机可以用于检测寻呼消息,而如果本申请实施例中,第一DRX周期对应的一个第一偏移量对应于多个第二偏移量,那么相当于,对于该第一偏移量所对应的第一寻呼帧来说,终端设备在该第一寻呼帧内就可以有多个寻呼时机来检测寻呼消息。可见,通过配置第二偏移量的方式,可以进一步增加寻呼时机,从而进一步减小寻呼时延以及业务时延。或者,即使第一DRX周期对应的一个第一偏移量对应于一个第二偏移量,通过第二偏移量,也可以使得该第一偏移量所对应的第一寻呼帧内的寻呼时机的时域位置更为准确,也就是说,通过第二偏移量也可以调整寻呼时机的时域位置,使得寻呼时机的时域位置更为准确,提高终端设备检测寻呼消息的成功率。At present, the terminal device has only one paging occasion in a paging frame that can be used to detect paging messages, and if in this embodiment of the application, a first offset corresponding to the first DRX cycle corresponds to multiple The second offset is equivalent to that, for the first paging frame corresponding to the first offset, the terminal device may have multiple paging occasions to detect paging in the first paging frame news. It can be seen that by configuring the second offset, the paging occasion can be further increased, thereby further reducing the paging delay and the service delay. Or, even if a first offset corresponding to the first DRX cycle corresponds to a second offset, the second offset can also make the first paging frame corresponding to the first offset The time domain position of the paging occasion is more accurate, that is, the time domain position of the paging occasion can also be adjusted through the second offset, so that the time domain position of the paging occasion is more accurate, and the terminal device detects paging. The success rate of the message.
如果至少一个DRX配置信息的个数等于1,则至少一个DRX配置信息就只包括第一DRX配置信息,相当于,至少一个DRX配置信息就只配置一种DRX周期,即,第一DRX周期。在只配置一种DRX周期的情况下,可以为第一DRX周期配置多个第一偏移量,从而根据多个第一偏移量可以确定多个寻呼帧(即,多个第一寻呼帧),网络设备可以在这些第一寻呼帧内发送寻呼消息,终端设备也可以在这些第一寻呼帧内检测寻呼消息。通过增加第一DRX周期内的第一寻呼帧的个数,相当于增加了寻呼时机。因为增加了寻呼时机,即使将DRX周期配置的较大,寻呼消息也可以及时发送,也可以减小寻呼时延,从而减小业务时延。If the number of at least one DRX configuration information is equal to 1, then at least one DRX configuration information includes only the first DRX configuration information, which is equivalent to that at least one DRX configuration information configures only one type of DRX cycle, that is, the first DRX cycle. When only one DRX cycle is configured, multiple first offsets can be configured for the first DRX cycle, so that multiple paging frames (that is, multiple first paging frames) can be determined according to the multiple first offsets. Paging frames), the network device may send paging messages in these first paging frames, and the terminal device may also detect paging messages in these first paging frames. By increasing the number of first paging frames in the first DRX cycle, it is equivalent to increasing the paging occasion. Because of the increased paging occasion, even if the DRX cycle is configured to be larger, the paging message can be sent in time, and the paging delay can also be reduced, thereby reducing the service delay.
或者,如果至少一个DRX配置信息的个数大于1,那么至少一个DRX配置信息除了包括第一DRX配置信息之外还包括其他的DRX配置信息,例如还包括第二DRX配置信息。第二DRX配置信息可以用于配置第二DRX周期,例如第二DRX配置信息可以配置第二DRX周期的长度(即,时域长度)等信息。显然,第二DRX周期是至少一种DRX周期中的一种。第二DRX周期例如对应于一个或多个第三偏移量,或者说,第二DRX配置信息可以配置第二DRX周期对应于一个或多个第三偏移量。例如将第二DRX周期内的寻呼帧称为第二寻呼帧,那么,根据第二DRX周期对应的多个第三偏移量,就可以确定第二DRX周期内的多个第二寻呼帧的时域位置,第二寻呼帧和第二DRX周期对应的第三偏移量是一一对应的。如果至少一个DRX配置信息的个数大于2,则至少一个DRX配置信息除了包括第一DRX配置信息和第二DRX配置信息之外还可以包括其他的DRX配置信息,总之一个DRX配置信息可以配置一种DRX周期,在此不再对其他的DRX配置信息进行过多描述。Or, if the number of the at least one DRX configuration information is greater than 1, then the at least one DRX configuration information includes other DRX configuration information in addition to the first DRX configuration information, for example, also includes the second DRX configuration information. The second DRX configuration information may be used to configure the second DRX cycle. For example, the second DRX configuration information may configure information such as the length of the second DRX cycle (ie, the length of the time domain). Obviously, the second DRX cycle is one of at least one DRX cycle. For example, the second DRX cycle corresponds to one or more third offsets, or in other words, the second DRX configuration information may configure the second DRX cycle to correspond to one or more third offsets. For example, the paging frame in the second DRX cycle is called the second paging frame. Then, according to the multiple third offsets corresponding to the second DRX cycle, the multiple second paging frames in the second DRX cycle can be determined. The time domain position of the paging frame, the second paging frame and the third offset corresponding to the second DRX cycle are in a one-to-one correspondence. If the number of at least one DRX configuration information is greater than 2, then at least one DRX configuration information can include other DRX configuration information in addition to the first DRX configuration information and the second DRX configuration information. In short, one DRX configuration information can configure one DRX configuration information. This kind of DRX cycle, other DRX configuration information will not be described here too much.
至少一个DRX配置信息可以配置至少一种DRX周期,如果至少一个DRX配置信息的个数大于1,那么至少一种DRX周期中的每种DRX周期都可以对应第一偏移量(第三偏移量 和第一偏移量,只是为了区分不同的DRX周期所以给予了不同的称呼,但均为寻呼帧的偏移量,因此认为是同一类特征,或者说,实际上都可以视为是“第一偏移量”),或者,也可以是至少一种DRX周期中的部分DRX周期对应第一偏移量,而剩余的DRX周期可以不对应本申请实施例提供的第一偏移量。另外,如果至少一个DRX配置信息的个数大于1,那么至少一种DRX周期中的每种DRX周期都可以对应第二偏移量,或者,也可以是至少一种DRX周期中的部分DRX周期对应第二偏移量,而剩余的DRX周期可以不对应本申请实施例提供的第二偏移量。At least one DRX configuration information can configure at least one DRX cycle. If the number of at least one DRX configuration information is greater than 1, then each DRX cycle in the at least one DRX cycle can correspond to the first offset (third offset The amount and the first offset are just to distinguish different DRX cycles, so they are given different names, but they are all paging frame offsets, so they are considered to be the same type of feature, or in fact, they can all be regarded as "First offset"), or, it may be that part of the DRX cycle in at least one DRX cycle corresponds to the first offset, and the remaining DRX cycle may not correspond to the first offset provided in this embodiment of the application . In addition, if the number of at least one DRX configuration information is greater than 1, then each DRX cycle in the at least one DRX cycle can correspond to the second offset, or it can also be part of the DRX cycle in the at least one DRX cycle Corresponds to the second offset, and the remaining DRX cycle may not correspond to the second offset provided in the embodiment of the present application.
如果至少一个DRX配置信息除了包括第一DRX配置信息之外还包括其他的DRX配置信息,例如还包括第二DRX配置信息,那么作为一种可选的实施方式,第二DRX配置信息除了可以配置第二DRX周期,配置第二DRX周期对应的一个或多个第三偏移量之外,还可以配置第二DRX周期对应于至少一个第二偏移量。其中,不同的DRX周期所对应的第二偏移量的个数,可能相同,也可能不同。例如第一DRX周期所对应的第二偏移量的个数与第二DRX周期所对应的第二偏移量的个数,可能相同,也可能不同。例如,第二DRX周期对应的一个或多个第三偏移量中的全部或部分中的每个第三偏移量,可以对应一个或多个第二偏移量,从而第二DRX周期对应的一个或多个第三偏移量共对应至少一个第二偏移量。或者,第二DRX配置信息也可以不配置第二DRX周期对应的第二偏移量,即,第一DRX周期可以对应第二偏移量,但第二DRX周期可以不对应第二偏移量。If the at least one DRX configuration information includes other DRX configuration information in addition to the first DRX configuration information, for example, the second DRX configuration information, then as an optional implementation manner, the second DRX configuration information can be configured In the second DRX cycle, in addition to configuring one or more third offsets corresponding to the second DRX cycle, it is also possible to configure the second DRX cycle to correspond to at least one second offset. The number of second offsets corresponding to different DRX cycles may be the same or different. For example, the number of second offsets corresponding to the first DRX cycle and the number of second offsets corresponding to the second DRX cycle may be the same or different. For example, each of all or part of the one or more third offsets corresponding to the second DRX cycle may correspond to one or more second offsets, so that the second DRX cycle corresponds to A total of one or more third offsets corresponds to at least one second offset. Alternatively, the second DRX configuration information may not configure the second offset corresponding to the second DRX cycle, that is, the first DRX cycle may correspond to the second offset, but the second DRX cycle may not correspond to the second offset .
例如,终端设备只进行一种业务,或者终端设备的DRX期望配置指示终端设备只期望配置一种DRX周期,则网络设备可以为终端设备配置一种DRX周期(例如,第一DRX周期)。在这种情况下,配置一种DRX周期就能够满足终端设备的业务需求,减小终端设备的实现复杂度。并且,第一DRX周期内还可以包括多个第一寻呼帧,网络设备可以在这些第一寻呼帧内发送寻呼消息,终端设备也可以在这些第一寻呼帧内检测寻呼消息。通过增加第一DRX周期内的第一寻呼帧的个数,相当于增加了寻呼时机,网络设备的寻呼消息可以及时发送,进一步减小了业务时延。For example, if the terminal device only performs one type of service, or the DRX desired configuration of the terminal device indicates that the terminal device only expects to configure one type of DRX cycle, the network device may configure a type of DRX cycle (for example, the first DRX cycle) for the terminal device. In this case, configuring a DRX cycle can meet the service requirements of the terminal equipment and reduce the implementation complexity of the terminal equipment. In addition, the first DRX cycle may also include multiple first paging frames, the network device may send paging messages in these first paging frames, and the terminal device may also detect paging messages in these first paging frames . By increasing the number of first paging frames in the first DRX cycle, it is equivalent to increasing the paging occasion, and the paging message of the network device can be sent in time, which further reduces the service delay.
又例如,终端设备可能进行多种业务,不同的业务有不同的需求,或者终端设备虽然只进行一种业务,但该业务在不同的时间段的特征不同,或者终端设备的DRX期望配置指示终端设备期望配置多种DRX周期,则网络设备可以为终端设备配置多种DRX周期。终端设备对于不同的业务可以使用不同的DRX周期,或者在不同的时间可以使用不同的DRX周期,可以有效减小终端设备的功耗,且减小业务时延。在这种情况下,通过配置多种DRX周期,可以使得终端设备的DRX配置能够尽量满足终端设备的业务需求。并且,其中的每种DRX周期内还可以包括一个或多个寻呼帧,网络设备可以在这些寻呼帧内发送寻呼消息,终端设备也可以在这些寻呼帧内检测寻呼消息,通过增加寻呼帧,相当于增加了寻呼时机,寻呼消息可以及时发送,这也进一步减小了业务时延。For another example, the terminal device may perform multiple services, and different services have different requirements, or although the terminal device only performs one type of service, the characteristics of the service in different time periods are different, or the DRX expectation configuration of the terminal device indicates the terminal If the device expects to configure multiple DRX cycles, the network device can configure multiple DRX cycles for the terminal device. The terminal equipment can use different DRX cycles for different services, or can use different DRX cycles at different times, which can effectively reduce the power consumption of the terminal equipment and reduce the service delay. In this case, by configuring a variety of DRX cycles, the DRX configuration of the terminal device can meet the service requirements of the terminal device as much as possible. In addition, each of the DRX cycles can also include one or more paging frames. The network device can send paging messages in these paging frames, and the terminal device can also detect the paging messages in these paging frames. Increasing the paging frame is equivalent to increasing the paging occasion, and the paging message can be sent in time, which further reduces the service delay.
S43、网络设备向终端设备发送第一消息,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一消息。第一消息可以包括所述的至少一个DRX配置信息。S43. The network device sends a first message to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first message from the network device. The first message may include the at least one piece of DRX configuration information.
网络设备在确定至少一个DRX配置信息后,可以通过第一消息将至少一个DRX配置信息发送给终端设备,从而终端设备可以获得至少一个DRX配置信息,从而可以确定该终端设备的DRX配置。After determining the at least one DRX configuration information, the network device can send the at least one DRX configuration information to the terminal device through the first message, so that the terminal device can obtain the at least one DRX configuration information, and thus can determine the DRX configuration of the terminal device.
第一消息例如为高层信令,例如RRC信令或媒体接入控制控制元素(media access control control element,MAC CE)等,或者也可以是动态信令,例如下行控制信息(downlink  control information,DCI)等,或者第一消息也可以是其他的消息。The first message is, for example, high-level signaling, such as RRC signaling or media access control control element (MAC CE), etc., or may also be dynamic signaling, such as downlink control information (DCI) ), etc., or the first message can also be other messages.
S44、终端设备根据第一DRX周期对应的多个第一偏移量确定多个第一寻呼帧。S44. The terminal device determines multiple first paging frames according to multiple first offsets corresponding to the first DRX cycle.
终端设备接收至少一个DRX配置信息后,因为至少一个DRX配置信息包括的第一DRX配置信息可以配置第一DRX周期,则终端设备根据第一DRX配置信息就可以确定第一DRX周期对应的多个第一偏移量。当然,还可以根据第一DRX配置信息确定第一DRX周期的长度等信息。After the terminal device receives at least one DRX configuration information, because the first DRX configuration information included in the at least one DRX configuration information can configure the first DRX cycle, the terminal device can determine the multiple corresponding to the first DRX cycle according to the first DRX configuration information. The first offset. Of course, information such as the length of the first DRX cycle can also be determined according to the first DRX configuration information.
在确定第一DRX周期对应的多个第一偏移量后,终端设备可以根据多个第一偏移量中的每个第一偏移量确定一个第一寻呼帧的时域位置,从而根据多个第一偏移量可以确定多个第一寻呼帧的时域位置。After determining the multiple first offsets corresponding to the first DRX cycle, the terminal device may determine the time domain position of a first paging frame according to each of the multiple first offsets, thereby The time domain positions of the multiple first paging frames can be determined according to the multiple first offsets.
例如,终端设备要根据多个第一偏移量中的一个第一偏移量确定一个第一寻呼帧的时域位置,一种确定方式为,终端设备根据该第一偏移量、第一DRX周期的长度、以及第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数等信息,确定一个第一寻呼帧的帧号(即,系统帧号)。进一步的,终端设备可以根据该第一偏移量、第一DRX周期的长度、第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数、以及该终端设备的ID等信息,确定一个第一寻呼帧的帧号。其中,第一偏移量和第一DRX周期的长度都是第一DRX配置信息所配置的,第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数和终端设备的ID都是终端设备已知的,因此终端设备就可以确定一个第一寻呼帧的帧号。For example, the terminal device needs to determine the time domain position of a first paging frame according to a first offset among a plurality of first offsets. One way of determining is that the terminal device determines the time domain position of a first paging frame according to the first offset and the first offset. Information such as the length of a DRX cycle and the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle determines the frame number (ie, system frame number) of a first paging frame. Further, the terminal device may determine a first page based on the first offset, the length of the first DRX cycle, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and the ID of the terminal device, etc. The frame number of the frame. Wherein, the first offset and the length of the first DRX cycle are configured by the first DRX configuration information, and the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle and the ID of the terminal device are known by the terminal device Therefore, the terminal device can determine the frame number of a first paging frame.
例如终端设备所确定的一个第一寻呼帧的帧号可以满足如下关系:For example, the frame number of a first paging frame determined by the terminal device may satisfy the following relationship:
Figure PCTCN2019127448-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2019127448-appb-000005
在公式8中,SFN表示第一寻呼帧的帧号,P offset表示第一偏移量,T表示第一DRX周期的长度,N表示第一DRX周期内包括的第一寻呼帧的总数量,N s表示一个第一寻呼帧中包含的寻呼时机的个数,mod表示取模运算,UE_ID表示根据终端设备的ID得到的量,floor(x)表示对x向下取整。例如,UE_ID可以是终端设备的5G-S-TMSI的后10位。 In formula 8, SFN represents the frame number of the first paging frame, P offset represents the first offset, T represents the length of the first DRX cycle, and N represents the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle. Number, N s represents the number of paging occasions included in a first paging frame, mod represents modulo operation, UE_ID represents the amount obtained according to the ID of the terminal device, and floor(x) represents rounding x down. For example, UE_ID may be the last 10 digits of the 5G-S-TMSI of the terminal device.
根据公式8,终端设备就可以确定一个第一寻呼帧的帧号。而对于多个第一偏移量所对应的多个第一寻呼帧,终端设备都可以按照类似的方式确定这多个第一寻呼帧的帧号。当然除了公式8之外,终端设备也可以按照其他的方式确定第一寻呼帧的帧号,具体的不做限制。According to formula 8, the terminal device can determine the frame number of a first paging frame. For the multiple first paging frames corresponding to the multiple first offsets, the terminal device can determine the frame numbers of the multiple first paging frames in a similar manner. Of course, in addition to Formula 8, the terminal device may also determine the frame number of the first paging frame in other ways, and there is no specific limitation.
例如可参考图6,为终端设备确定的第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的一种示意图。图5以第一DRX周期对应于5个第一偏移量为例,终端设备根据这5个第一偏移量可以确定5个第一寻呼帧的时域位置,这5个第一寻呼帧分别为第一寻呼帧1、第一寻呼帧2、第一寻呼帧3、第一寻呼帧4、以及第一寻呼帧5,这5个第一寻呼帧的时域位置可参考图6所示。For example, referring to FIG. 6, a schematic diagram of the first paging frame included in the first DRX cycle determined for the terminal device. Figure 5 takes the first DRX cycle corresponding to five first offsets as an example. The terminal device can determine the time domain positions of the five first paging frames according to the five first offsets. The paging frames are the first paging frame 1, the first paging frame 2, the first paging frame 3, the first paging frame 4, and the first paging frame 5. Refer to Figure 6 for the location of the domain.
另外,如果第一DRX周期还对应至少一个第二偏移量,那么终端设备还可以根据至少一个第二偏移量中的每个第二偏移量确定一个寻呼时机,或者说确定寻呼时机的时域位置,从而可以根据至少一个第二偏移量确定第一DRX周期内的至少一个寻呼时机。终端设备确定寻呼时机,例如可以是确定寻呼时机的索引。由于一个寻呼帧内包括的寻呼时机的总数一半都是确定的,因此根据寻呼时机的索引就可以定位一个寻呼时机的时域位置。In addition, if the first DRX cycle also corresponds to at least one second offset, the terminal device may also determine a paging occasion according to each second offset in the at least one second offset, or determine paging The time domain position of the occasion, so that at least one paging occasion in the first DRX cycle can be determined according to the at least one second offset. The terminal device determines the paging occasion, for example, it may be an index for determining the paging occasion. Since half of the total number of paging occasions included in a paging frame are determined, the time domain position of a paging occasion can be located according to the index of the paging occasion.
例如,第一DRX周期内的一个寻呼时机的索引,可以根据一个第二偏移量、第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数、以及一个第一寻呼帧所包括的寻呼时机的总数确定,或者 说,终端设备可以根据一个第二偏移量、第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数、以及一个第一寻呼帧所包括的寻呼时机的总数,确定一个寻呼时机的索引。For example, the index of a paging occasion in the first DRX cycle may be based on a second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and the paging included in a first paging frame The total number of occasions is determined. In other words, the terminal device can determine according to a second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and the total number of paging occasions included in a first paging frame An index of paging occasions.
例如,终端设备确定的一个寻呼时机的索引i s可以满足如下关系: For example, the index i s of a paging occasion determined by the terminal device may satisfy the following relationship:
Figure PCTCN2019127448-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2019127448-appb-000006
在公式9中,N s_offset表示第二偏移量,N表示第一DRX周期内包括的第一寻呼帧的总数量,N s表示一个第一寻呼帧包含的寻呼时机的个数,mod表示取模运算,UE_ID表示根据终端设备的ID得到的量,floor(x)表示对x向下取整。 In formula 9, N s _offset represents the second offset, N represents the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and N s represents the number of paging occasions included in a first paging frame , Mod represents the modulo operation, UE_ID represents the amount obtained according to the ID of the terminal device, and floor(x) represents the rounding of x down.
根据公式9,终端设备就可以确定一个寻呼时机的索引。而对于至少一个第二偏移量所对应的至少一个寻呼时机,终端设备都可以按照类似的方式确定这至少一个寻呼时机的索引。当然除了公式9之外,终端设备也可以按照其他的方式确定寻呼时机的索引,具体的不做限制。通过配置第二偏移量,可以在时间维度上更精细地调整终端设备接收寻呼消息的灵活性。并且,如果为一个第一偏移量配置多个第二偏移量,则相当于增加了寻呼帧内的寻呼时机的个数,使得寻呼时机的个数进一步增加,也就可以进一步减小寻呼时延以及业务时延。According to formula 9, the terminal device can determine the index of a paging occasion. For at least one paging occasion corresponding to the at least one second offset, the terminal device can determine the index of the at least one paging occasion in a similar manner. Of course, in addition to formula 9, the terminal device can also determine the index of the paging occasion in other ways, which is not specifically limited. By configuring the second offset, the flexibility of the terminal device to receive paging messages can be adjusted more finely in the time dimension. In addition, if multiple second offsets are configured for one first offset, it is equivalent to increasing the number of paging occasions in the paging frame, so that the number of paging occasions is further increased, which can further increase the number of paging occasions. Reduce paging delay and service delay.
或者,如果第一DRX配置信息并未配置第一DRX周期对应的第二偏移量,则终端设备可以根据如前介绍的公式2来确定第一DRX周期内的每个第一寻呼帧内的寻呼时机的索引。Or, if the first DRX configuration information does not configure the second offset corresponding to the first DRX cycle, the terminal device can determine the first paging frame in each first DRX cycle according to the formula 2 introduced above The index of the paging occasion.
如果至少一个DRX配置信息只包括第一DRX配置信息,则终端设备只需确定第一DRX周期,以及确定第一DRX周期对应的多个第一寻呼帧的时域位置即可,当然可选的,还可以确定第一DRX周期对应的寻呼时机的索引。If the at least one DRX configuration information only includes the first DRX configuration information, the terminal device only needs to determine the first DRX cycle and determine the time domain positions of the multiple first paging frames corresponding to the first DRX cycle, of course it is optional Yes, the index of the paging occasion corresponding to the first DRX cycle can also be determined.
或者,如果至少一个DRX配置信息除了包括第一DRX配置信息外还包括其他DRX配置信息,则终端设备还可以根据其他的DRX配置信息确定相应的寻呼帧的时域位置,可选的,如果其他的DRX配置信息还配置了第二偏移量,则终端设备还可以确定相应的寻呼时机。Alternatively, if the at least one DRX configuration information includes other DRX configuration information in addition to the first DRX configuration information, the terminal device may also determine the time domain position of the corresponding paging frame according to the other DRX configuration information. Optionally, if If the second offset is also configured in other DRX configuration information, the terminal device can also determine the corresponding paging occasion.
例如,至少一个DRX配置信息除了包括第一DRX配置信息外,还包括第二DRX配置信息。则终端设备可以根据第二DRX配置信息确定第二DRX周期对应的一个或多个第三偏移量。当然,还可以根据第二DRX配置信息确定第二DRX周期的长度等信息。在确定第二DRX周期对应的一个或多个第三偏移量后,终端设备可以根据一个或多个第三偏移量中的每个第一偏移量确定一个第二寻呼帧的时域位置,从而,根据一个可以确定一个第二寻呼帧的时域位置,或者根据多个可以确定多个第二寻呼帧的时域位置。终端设备确定第二寻呼帧的时域位置的方式,可参考前文对终端设备确定第一寻呼帧的方式的介绍。For example, at least one piece of DRX configuration information includes not only the first DRX configuration information, but also the second DRX configuration information. Then, the terminal device may determine one or more third offsets corresponding to the second DRX cycle according to the second DRX configuration information. Of course, information such as the length of the second DRX cycle can also be determined according to the second DRX configuration information. After determining the one or more third offsets corresponding to the second DRX cycle, the terminal device may determine the timing of a second paging frame according to each first offset of the one or more third offsets. The domain position, thus, the time domain position of one second paging frame can be determined according to one, or the time domain position of multiple second paging frames can be determined according to multiple. For the manner in which the terminal device determines the time domain position of the second paging frame, refer to the foregoing description of the manner in which the terminal device determines the first paging frame.
可选的,如果第二DRX配置信息配置了第二DRX周期对应的至少一个第二偏移量,则终端设备还可以根据至少一个第二偏移量确定至少一个寻呼时机。关于终端设备确定第二DRX周期内的寻呼时机的方式,也可以参考前文对于终端设备确定第一DRX周期内的寻呼时机的方式的介绍。或者,如果第二DRX配置信息并未配置第二DRX周期对应的第二偏移量,则终端设备可以根据如前介绍的公式2来确定第二DRX周期内的每个第二寻呼帧内的寻呼时机的索引。Optionally, if the second DRX configuration information configures at least one second offset corresponding to the second DRX cycle, the terminal device may also determine at least one paging occasion according to the at least one second offset. Regarding the manner in which the terminal device determines the paging occasion in the second DRX cycle, reference may also be made to the foregoing description of the manner in which the terminal device determines the paging occasion in the first DRX cycle. Or, if the second DRX configuration information does not configure the second offset corresponding to the second DRX cycle, the terminal device can determine the second paging frame in the second DRX cycle according to the formula 2 introduced above The index of the paging occasion.
总之,终端设备对于至少一个DRX配置信息,可以对应确定至少一种DRX周期的具体配置。In short, for at least one DRX configuration information, the terminal device can correspondingly determine the specific configuration of the at least one DRX cycle.
S45、网络设备在多个第一寻呼帧中的部分或全部第一寻呼帧发送寻呼消息,终端设 备在多个第一寻呼帧检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息。或者,网络设备也可能不在多个第一寻呼帧发送寻呼消息,但终端设备依然在多个第一寻呼帧检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息。S45. The network device sends a paging message in part or all of the first paging frames in the plurality of first paging frames, and the terminal device detects the paging message from the network device in the plurality of first paging frames. Alternatively, the network device may not send paging messages in the multiple first paging frames, but the terminal device still detects the paging messages from the network device in the multiple first paging frames.
具体的,网络设备可以在多个第一寻呼帧包括的部分或全部寻呼时机发送寻呼消息,终端设备在多个第一寻呼帧所包括的所有的寻呼时机检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息。或者,网络设备也可能不在多个第一寻呼帧发送寻呼消息,但终端设备依然在多个第一寻呼帧所包括的所有的寻呼时机检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息。Specifically, the network device may send a paging message at some or all of the paging occasions included in the plurality of first paging frames, and the terminal device may detect messages from the network device at all paging occasions included in the plurality of first paging frames. Paging message. Alternatively, the network device may not send paging messages in the multiple first paging frames, but the terminal device still detects the paging messages from the network device at all paging occasions included in the multiple first paging frames.
其中,如果网络设备在多个第一寻呼帧包括的部分寻呼时机发送寻呼消息,且这多个第一寻呼帧中的每个第一寻呼帧包括这部分寻呼时机中的一个或多个,则可以视为网络设备是在多个第一寻呼帧中的全部第一寻呼帧发送寻呼消息;或者,如果网络设备在多个第一寻呼帧包括的部分寻呼时机发送寻呼消息,且这多个第一寻呼帧中有第一寻呼帧不包括这部分寻呼时机中的任意一个,则可以视为网络设备是在多个第一寻呼帧中的部分第一寻呼帧发送寻呼消息。当然,如果网络设备在多个第一寻呼帧包括的全部寻呼时机发送寻呼消息,则视为网络设备是在多个第一寻呼帧中的全部第一寻呼帧发送寻呼消息。Wherein, if the network device sends a paging message at part of the paging occasions included in the plurality of first paging frames, and each first paging frame in the plurality of first paging frames includes the part of the paging occasion One or more, it can be considered that the network device sends a paging message in all the first paging frames in the multiple first paging frames; or, if the network device is paging in the part of the multiple first paging frames When the paging occasion sends a paging message, and if there is a first paging frame in the multiple first paging frames that does not include any of these paging occasions, it can be considered that the network device is in the multiple first paging frames Part of the first paging frame in sends a paging message. Of course, if the network device sends the paging message at all paging occasions included in the multiple first paging frames, it is deemed that the network device sends the paging message in all the first paging frames among the multiple first paging frames. .
终端设备在确定多个第一寻呼帧后,可以在多个第一寻呼帧检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息。而如果至少一个DRX配置信息除了配置第一DRX周期外还配置了其他的DRX周期,则终端设备也可以确定其他的DRX周期内的寻呼帧,也就是说,终端设备可以在至少一个配置信息所指示的全部DRX周期内的寻呼帧检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息。After determining the plurality of first paging frames, the terminal device may detect paging messages from the network device in the plurality of first paging frames. If at least one DRX configuration information configures other DRX cycles in addition to the first DRX cycle, the terminal device can also determine paging frames in other DRX cycles, that is, the terminal device can configure at least one DRX cycle. Paging frames in all indicated DRX cycles detect paging messages from network devices.
例如,至少一个DRX配置信息包括第一DRX配置信息,终端设备确定了多个第一寻呼帧,至少一个DRX配置信息还包括第二DRX配置信息,终端设备确定了一个或多个第二寻呼帧,则终端设备在多个第一寻呼帧、以及一个或多个第二寻呼帧,都会检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息。For example, at least one piece of DRX configuration information includes first DRX configuration information, the terminal device determines multiple first paging frames, at least one piece of DRX configuration information further includes second DRX configuration information, and the terminal device determines one or more second paging frames. Paging frame, the terminal device will detect the paging message from the network device in multiple first paging frames and one or more second paging frames.
其中,如果至少一个DRX配置信息的个数大于1,也就是说,至少一种DRX周期的个数大于1,在这种情况下,相当于为终端设备配置了多种DRX周期,那么终端设备涉及到如何确定这多种DRX周期的应用时间的问题。Among them, if the number of at least one DRX configuration information is greater than 1, that is, the number of at least one DRX cycle is greater than 1. In this case, it is equivalent to configuring multiple DRX cycles for the terminal device, then the terminal device It involves how to determine the application time of these various DRX cycles.
作为一种可选的实施方式,第一消息还可以包括执行信息,执行信息可以指示至少一种DRX周期对应的应用时间。As an optional implementation manner, the first message may further include execution information, and the execution information may indicate an application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle.
例如,如果至少一种配置信息的个数大于1,则执行信息可以包括至少一种DRX周期的顺序信息,通过顺序信息就相当于可以指示至少一种DRX周期对应的应用时间。其中,不同的DRX周期的顺序可能不同,或者,也可能有两个或更多个DRX周期的顺序相同,这表明这两个或更多个DRX周期是同时执行。例如,至少一种DRX周期包括周期T1和周期T2,则执行信息可以指示“T0-T1-T0-T0-T1”,这表明,这两种DRX周期的执行顺序为,先执行周期T0,再执行周期T1,再执行周期T0,再执行周期T0,再执行周期T1。则终端设备按照该顺序执行这两种DRX周期即可。又例如,至少一种DRX周期包括周期T1和周期T2,则执行信息可以指示“T0(T1)”,或指示“T0和T1”,这都表明,终端设备需要同时执行周期T1和周期T2。For example, if the number of at least one type of configuration information is greater than 1, the execution information may include sequence information of at least one DRX cycle, and the sequence information is equivalent to indicating the application time corresponding to the at least one DRX cycle. The order of different DRX cycles may be different, or there may be two or more DRX cycles in the same order, which indicates that these two or more DRX cycles are executed at the same time. For example, if at least one DRX cycle includes cycle T1 and cycle T2, the execution information may indicate "T0-T1-T0-T0-T1", which indicates that the order of execution of these two DRX cycles is: first execute cycle T0, then Execute cycle T1, then cycle T0, then cycle T0, and then cycle T1. Then the terminal device can execute these two DRX cycles in this order. For another example, if at least one DRX cycle includes a cycle T1 and a cycle T2, the execution information may indicate "T0(T1)", or indicate "T0 and T1", both of which indicate that the terminal device needs to execute the cycle T1 and the cycle T2 at the same time.
或者,如果至少一种配置信息的个数大于1,则执行信息可以包括比特位图(bitmap),bitmap包括的比特数可以大于或等于至少一种DRX周期的个数,则,bitmap中的每个比特可以指示一种DRX周期的应用信息。如果网络设备为终端设备配置了K种DRX周期,则,bitmap中的每ceil(log 2(K))个比特可以指示一种DRX周期的应用信息,其中,ceil(log 2(K))表示返回大于或者等于log 2(K)的最小整数。通过bitmap就相当于可以指示至少一种DRX周期 对应的应用时间。如果bitmap包括的比特数等于至少一种DRX周期的个数,则bitmap中的比特与至少一种DRX周期一一对应,或者,如果bitmap包括的比特数大于至少一种DRX周期的个数,则一种DRX周期就可以与bitmap中的一个或多个比特对应。bitmap中的比特所指示的DRX周期的应用信息,例如为DRX周期的顺序,或者为DRX周期的执行时间等。 Or, if the number of at least one type of configuration information is greater than 1, the execution information may include a bitmap, and the number of bits included in the bitmap may be greater than or equal to the number of at least one DRX cycle, then each The bits can indicate a kind of DRX cycle application information. If the network device configures K DRX cycles for the terminal device, each ceil(log 2 (K)) bits in the bitmap can indicate the application information of a DRX cycle, where ceil(log 2 (K)) represents Returns the smallest integer greater than or equal to log 2 (K). The bitmap is equivalent to indicating the application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle. If the number of bits included in the bitmap is equal to the number of at least one DRX cycle, the bits in the bitmap correspond to at least one DRX cycle one-to-one, or if the number of bits included in the bitmap is greater than the number of at least one DRX cycle, then A DRX cycle can correspond to one or more bits in the bitmap. The application information of the DRX cycle indicated by the bits in the bitmap is, for example, the sequence of the DRX cycle or the execution time of the DRX cycle.
需注意的是,在本申请的各个实施例中所描述的,执行DRX周期,也可以理解为,应用DRX周期,或者说,根据DRX周期进行检测等。例如,终端设备执行第一DRX周期,可以理解为,终端设备应用第一DRX周期,或者说,终端设备根据第一DRX周期进行检测。It should be noted that the execution of the DRX cycle described in the various embodiments of the present application can also be understood as applying the DRX cycle, or in other words, performing detection according to the DRX cycle. For example, if the terminal device executes the first DRX cycle, it can be understood that the terminal device applies the first DRX cycle, or in other words, the terminal device performs detection according to the first DRX cycle.
相应的,对一个DRX周期执行完毕,也可以理解为,对一个DRX周期应用完毕,或者说,根据该DRX周期检测完毕等。例如,终端设备对第一DRX周期执行完毕,可以理解为,终端设备对第一DRX周期应用完毕,或者说,终端设备根据第一DRX周期检测完毕。Correspondingly, the completion of the execution of one DRX cycle can also be understood as the completion of the application of one DRX cycle, or in other words, the completion of detection according to the DRX cycle. For example, the terminal device has completed the execution of the first DRX cycle, it can be understood that the terminal device has completed the application of the first DRX cycle, or in other words, the terminal device has completed the detection according to the first DRX cycle.
也就是说,对于DRX周期来说,“执行”一词,也可以理解为“应用”,或理解为根据该DRX周期进行检测等。That is to say, for the DRX cycle, the term "execute" can also be understood as "application", or as detection based on the DRX cycle.
例如,至少一种DRX周期的个数为2,分别为第一DRX周期和第二DRX周期,则第一消息包括的bitmap的比特数可以大于或等于2,以该bitmap的比特数等于2为例,则这2个比特中的一个比特指示第一DRX周期的应用信息,这2个比特中的另一个比特指示第二DRX周期的应用信息。如果应用信息是指顺序,那么例如,该bitmap的高位比特所指示的DRX周期可以先执行,该bitmap的低位比特所指示的DRX周期可以后执行,例如该bitmap的高位比特指示第一DRX周期的应用信息,该bitmap的低位比特指示第二DRX周期的应用信息,则终端设备可以确定要先执行第一DRX周期再执行第二DRX周期。或者也可能是,bitmap的高位比特所指示的DRX周期可以先执行,bitmap的低位比特所指示的DRX周期可以后执行,具体的不做限制。For example, if the number of at least one DRX cycle is 2, which are respectively the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle, the number of bits of the bitmap included in the first message can be greater than or equal to 2, and the number of bits of the bitmap is equal to 2. For example, one of the two bits indicates the application information of the first DRX cycle, and the other bit of the two bits indicates the application information of the second DRX cycle. If the application information refers to the sequence, for example, the DRX cycle indicated by the high-order bit of the bitmap can be executed first, and the DRX cycle indicated by the low-order bit of the bitmap can be executed later. For example, the high-order bit of the bitmap indicates the first DRX cycle. Application information. The low-order bits of the bitmap indicate the application information of the second DRX cycle, and the terminal device can determine to execute the first DRX cycle first and then execute the second DRX cycle. Or it may be that the DRX cycle indicated by the higher bits of the bitmap may be executed first, and the DRX cycle indicated by the lower bits of the bitmap may be executed later, and there is no specific limitation.
或者,如果至少一种配置信息的个数大于1,则执行信息可以包括至少一种DRX周期的执行时间信息,或者称为应用时间信息。通过执行时间信息就可以指示至少一种DRX周期对应的应用时间,且这种指示方式较为直接。在这种情况下,执行信息可以包括至少一个执行时间信息,执行时间信息与DRX周期一一对应。例如,至少一种DRX周期的个数为2,分别为第一DRX周期和第二DRX周期,执行信息包括第一DRX周期的时间信息1和第二DRX周期的时间信息2,例如时间信息1为00:00:00,时间信息2为00:01:00,表明终端设备需要在00:00:00的时间执行第一DRX周期,以及在00:01:00执行第二DRX周期。或者,例如时间信息1为00:00:00,时间信息2为00:00:00,表明终端设备需要在00:00:00的时间执行第一DRX周期和第二DRX周期,也就是说,第一DRX周期和第二DRX周期同时执行。Alternatively, if the number of the at least one type of configuration information is greater than 1, the execution information may include the execution time information of the at least one DRX cycle, or it is referred to as application time information. The application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle can be indicated through the execution time information, and this indication method is relatively straightforward. In this case, the execution information may include at least one execution time information, and the execution time information has a one-to-one correspondence with the DRX cycle. For example, the number of at least one DRX cycle is 2, which are respectively the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle, and the execution information includes time information 1 of the first DRX cycle and time information 2 of the second DRX cycle, such as time information 1. It is 00:00:00 and time information 2 is 00:01:00, indicating that the terminal device needs to execute the first DRX cycle at 00:00:00 and the second DRX cycle at 00:01:00. Or, for example, the time information 1 is 00:00:00 and the time information 2 is 00:00:00, indicating that the terminal device needs to execute the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle at 00:00:00, that is, The first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle are executed simultaneously.
除了如上几种示例之外,执行信息还可以包括其他的信息,只要执行信息能够指示至少一种DRX周期对应的应用时间即可。In addition to the above examples, the execution information may also include other information, as long as the execution information can indicate the application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle.
作为另一种可选的实施方式,第一消息也可以不包括执行信息,终端设备可以通过其他的方式确定至少一种DRX周期对应的应用时间。例如,至少一种DRX周期的个数大于1,则终端设备可以随机确定至少一种DRX周期的执行时间;或者,终端设备也可以根据该终端设备的业务情况确定至少一种DRX周期的执行时间;或者,第一消息所包括的至少一个配置信息实际有一定的顺序,例如在第一消息中,第一DRX配置信息位于第二DRX配置信息之前,则终端设备就可以将至少一个配置信息的顺序作为至少一种DRX周期的顺序。例 如在第一消息中,第一DRX配置信息位于第二DRX配置信息之前,则终端设备就可以确定先执行第一DRX周期再执行第二DRX周期。As another optional implementation manner, the first message may not include execution information, and the terminal device may determine the application time corresponding to the at least one DRX cycle in another manner. For example, if the number of at least one DRX cycle is greater than 1, the terminal device can randomly determine the execution time of the at least one DRX cycle; or the terminal device can also determine the execution time of the at least one DRX cycle according to the service situation of the terminal device Or, the at least one configuration information included in the first message actually has a certain order, for example, in the first message, the first DRX configuration information is located before the second DRX configuration information, and the terminal device can configure the at least one configuration information The sequence is used as the sequence of at least one DRX cycle. For example, in the first message, if the first DRX configuration information is located before the second DRX configuration information, the terminal device can determine to execute the first DRX cycle first and then execute the second DRX cycle.
终端设备在确定至少一种DRX周期的应用时间后,就可以执行至少一种DRX周期,从而检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息。After determining the application time of the at least one DRX cycle, the terminal device can execute the at least one DRX cycle to detect the paging message from the network device.
例如,至少一种DRX周期包括第一DRX周期和第二DRX周期,且第一消息包括的执行信息指示第一DRX周期和第二DRX周期的顺序为,T0-T1-T1-T1-T0,其中,T0表示第一DRX周期,也表示第一DRX周期的长度,T1表示第二DRX周期,也表示第二DRX周期的长度。则终端设备可以先在第一DRX周期内的多个第一寻呼帧检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息,在第一DRX周期结束时或结束后,终端设备执行第二DRX周期,在第二DRX周期内的一个或多个第二寻呼帧检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息,在第二DRX周期结束后,终端设备再执行第二DRX周期,以此类推。例如可参考图7,第一DRX周期包括2个第一寻呼帧,分别为第一寻呼帧1和第一寻呼帧2,第二DRX包括1个第二寻呼帧,图7可以视为终端设备对第一DRX周期和第二DRX周期的一种分时执行的情况。图7的下半部分,表示终端设备实际执行DRX周期的情况。For example, at least one DRX cycle includes a first DRX cycle and a second DRX cycle, and the execution information included in the first message indicates that the order of the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle is T0-T1-T1-T1-T0, Among them, T0 represents the first DRX cycle, and also represents the length of the first DRX cycle, and T1 represents the second DRX cycle, and also represents the length of the second DRX cycle. Then the terminal device may first detect the paging message from the network device in the multiple first paging frames in the first DRX cycle. At the end of the first DRX cycle or after the end, the terminal device executes the second DRX cycle. One or more second paging frames in the DRX cycle detect the paging message from the network device, and after the second DRX cycle ends, the terminal device executes the second DRX cycle, and so on. For example, referring to Fig. 7, the first DRX cycle includes two first paging frames, namely the first paging frame 1 and the first paging frame 2, and the second DRX includes one second paging frame. It is regarded as a time-sharing execution of the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle by the terminal device. The lower part of Figure 7 shows how the terminal device actually executes the DRX cycle.
通过这种方式,终端设备可以更灵活地在不同时间中检测寻呼消息。例如,终端设备在不同的时间段具有不同的工作模式,或者运行不同的业务,则可以分时执行不同的DRX周期。例如,终端设备在不同的时间中需要传输不同的业务,则可以在不同的时间中使用不同的DRX周期,以适配当前业务的能耗和时延需求。In this way, the terminal device can detect paging messages at different times more flexibly. For example, if the terminal device has different working modes in different time periods, or runs different services, it can execute different DRX cycles in time sharing. For example, if a terminal device needs to transmit different services at different times, it can use different DRX cycles at different times to adapt to the current service energy consumption and delay requirements.
又例如,至少一种DRX周期包括第一DRX周期和第二DRX周期,且终端设备确定第一DRX周期和第二DRX周期同时执行,则终端设备可以在第一DRX周期内的多个第一寻呼帧检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息,以及,在第二DRX周期内的一个或多个第二寻呼帧检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息。例如可参考图8,第一DRX周期包括2个第一寻呼帧,分别为第一寻呼帧1和第一寻呼帧2,第二DRX包括3个第二寻呼帧,分别为第二寻呼帧1、第二寻呼帧2和第二寻呼帧3。图8可以视为终端设备对第一DRX周期和第二DRX周期的一种同时执行的情况。图8的最后一行,表示终端设备实际执行DRX周期的情况。For another example, at least one DRX cycle includes a first DRX cycle and a second DRX cycle, and the terminal device determines that the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle are executed simultaneously, the terminal device may perform multiple first DRX cycles in the first DRX cycle. The paging frame detects the paging message from the network device, and one or more second paging frames in the second DRX cycle detects the paging message from the network device. For example, referring to Fig. 8, the first DRX cycle includes two first paging frames, namely the first paging frame 1 and the first paging frame 2, and the second DRX includes three second paging frames, which are respectively the first paging frame. Two paging frame 1, second paging frame 2, and second paging frame 3. FIG. 8 can be regarded as a situation in which the terminal device simultaneously executes the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle. The last row of Figure 8 represents the actual implementation of the DRX cycle by the terminal device.
通过这种方式,终端设备可以更灵活地在不同时间中检测寻呼消息。例如当终端设备具有混合业务时,可以较为适用这种同时执行多种DRX周期的情况。例如,当终端设备的多个业务需要并行处理,且具有不同的集中时间和周期性时,则终端设备可以同时执行多种DRX周期,例如一种DRX周期可以对应一个业务,从而使得DRX配置可以适配同一个终端设备的多种业务的总体需求。In this way, the terminal device can detect paging messages at different times more flexibly. For example, when the terminal device has mixed services, this situation where multiple DRX cycles are executed at the same time can be more suitable. For example, when multiple services of a terminal device need to be processed in parallel and have different concentration times and periodicities, the terminal device can execute multiple DRX cycles at the same time. For example, one DRX cycle can correspond to one service, so that the DRX configuration can be Adapt to the overall needs of multiple services of the same terminal device.
终端设备可以在至少一种DRX周期所包括的所有的寻呼时机检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息,网络设备可能会在至少一种DRX周期所包括的全部的寻呼时机中的每个寻呼时机发送寻呼消息,或者,网络设备可能会在至少一种DRX周期所包括的部分的寻呼时机中的每个寻呼时机发送寻呼消息,或者,网络设备也可能并不会在至少一种DRX周期所包括的任意寻呼时机发送寻呼消息。也就是说,是否发送寻呼消息,取决于是否有寻呼终端设备的必要,如果网络设备认为无需寻呼终端设备,则不会发送寻呼消息。但网络设备只要发送寻呼消息,就会在至少一种DRX周期所包括的全部寻呼时机或部分寻呼时机中发送,因此终端设备在至少一种DRX周期所包括的全部的寻呼时机中的每个寻呼时机检测寻呼消息即可。由于网络设备可能发送寻呼消息,也可能不发送,因此用于表示S45的箭头为虚线箭头。The terminal device can detect paging messages from the network device at all paging occasions included in at least one DRX cycle, and the network device may page each of all paging occasions included in at least one DRX cycle Time to send a paging message, or, the network device may send a paging message at each of the paging occasions included in at least one part of the DRX cycle, or the network device may not send a paging message on at least one of the paging occasions. A paging message is sent at any paging occasion included in a DRX cycle. In other words, whether or not to send a paging message depends on whether it is necessary to page the terminal device. If the network device considers that there is no need to page the terminal device, the paging message will not be sent. However, as long as the network device sends a paging message, it will be sent in all paging occasions or part of the paging occasions included in at least one DRX cycle. Therefore, the terminal device is in all paging occasions included in at least one DRX cycle. It is sufficient to detect the paging message at each paging occasion. Since the network device may or may not send a paging message, the arrow used to indicate S45 is a dashed arrow.
在如上的介绍过程中,主要以DRX为例,实际上本申请实施例的应用方案也可以扩展到eDRX中。例如,网络设备可以为终端设备配置至少一种eDRX周期,并且可以在至少一种eDRX周期中配置至少一个PTW起始位置偏移。终端设备根据所述至少一种eDRX周期和eDRX周期中对应的至少一个PTW起始位置偏移,确定每个接收寻呼消息的PTW。更进一步地,终端设备在所述PTW中,以DRX的方式对寻呼消息进行接收。In the above introduction process, DRX is mainly taken as an example. In fact, the application scheme of the embodiment of the present application can also be extended to eDRX. For example, the network device may configure at least one eDRX cycle for the terminal device, and may configure at least one PTW start position offset in the at least one eDRX cycle. The terminal device determines the PTW for each paging message received according to the at least one eDRX cycle and the corresponding at least one PTW start position offset in the eDRX cycle. Furthermore, the terminal device receives the paging message in the DRX manner in the PTW.
在本申请实施例中,可以为终端设备配置第一DRX周期,且可以为第一DRX周期配置多个第一偏移量,从而根据多个第一偏移量可以确定多个寻呼帧,网络设备可以在这些寻呼帧内发送寻呼消息,终端设备也可以在这些寻呼帧内检测寻呼消息,通过增加寻呼帧,相当于增加了寻呼帧内的寻呼时机的个数。因为增加了寻呼帧内的寻呼时机的个数,则可以无需将DRX周期的长度配置的较小,以减小终端设备的功耗。而即使将DRX周期配置的较大,寻呼消息也可以及时发送,也可以减小寻呼时延,从而减小业务时延。In the embodiment of the present application, the first DRX cycle can be configured for the terminal device, and multiple first offsets can be configured for the first DRX cycle, so that multiple paging frames can be determined according to the multiple first offsets, Network devices can send paging messages in these paging frames, and terminal devices can also detect paging messages in these paging frames. By adding paging frames, it is equivalent to increasing the number of paging occasions in the paging frames. . Because the number of paging occasions in the paging frame is increased, there is no need to configure the length of the DRX cycle to be smaller, so as to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device. Even if the DRX cycle is configured to be larger, the paging message can be sent in time, and the paging delay can also be reduced, thereby reducing the service delay.
在图4所示的实施例中,可以只为终端设备配置一种DRX周期,但该DRX周期会对应多个第一偏移量,或者也可以为终端设备配置多种DRX周期,但这多种DRX周期中的第一DRX周期会对应多个第一偏移量。而还有一种可能性,可以为终端设备配置多种DRX周期,但这些DRX周期中的每种DRX周期也可以只对应一个第一偏移量,这样同样能够增加寻呼时机的个数,减小寻呼时延。为此,本申请实施例提供第二种寻呼方法,用于介绍这种方案。请参考图9,为该方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中,以该方法应用于图3所示的网络架构为例。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, only one type of DRX cycle may be configured for the terminal device, but the DRX cycle will correspond to multiple first offsets, or multiple DRX cycles may be configured for the terminal device, but this is more The first DRX cycle in this type of DRX cycle corresponds to multiple first offsets. There is also a possibility that multiple DRX cycles can be configured for the terminal device, but each of these DRX cycles can also correspond to only one first offset, which can also increase the number of paging occasions and reduce Small paging delay. To this end, the embodiment of the present application provides a second paging method to introduce this solution. Please refer to Figure 9 for a flowchart of this method. In the following introduction process, the application of this method to the network architecture shown in FIG. 3 is taken as an example.
为了便于介绍,在下文中,以该方法由网络设备和终端设备执行为例。因为本实施例是以应用在图3所示的网络架构为例,因此,下文中所述的网络设备可以是图3所示的网络架构中的核心网设备,例如AMF或UPF,或者也可以是图3所示的网络架构中的接入网设备,例如接入网设备1或接入网设备2;如果下文中所述的网络设备是图3所示的网络架构中的核心网设备,则下文中所述的终端设备可以是图3所示的网络架构中的终端设备1~终端设备3中的任意一个终端设备,或者,如果下文中所述的网络设备是图3所示的网络架构中的接入网设备1,则下文中所述的终端设备可以是图3所示的网络架构中的终端设备1或终端设备2,而如果下文中所述的网络设备是图3所示的网络架构中的接入网设备2,则下文中所述的终端设备可以是图3所示的网络架构中的终端设备3。其中,如果下文中所述的网络设备是图3所示的网络架构中的核心网设备,那么网络设备和终端设备之间的交互可以通过接入网设备转发,例如终端设备发送给网络设备的信息可以通过接入网设备转发给核心网设备,核心网设备下发的寻呼消息等也可以通过接入网设备转发给终端设备。For ease of introduction, in the following, the method executed by the network device and the terminal device is taken as an example. Because this embodiment is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 3 as an example, the network device described below may be a core network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, such as AMF or UPF, or may also be Is the access network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, for example, the access network device 1 or the access network device 2; if the network device described below is the core network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, Then the terminal device described below may be any one of the terminal device 1 to terminal device 3 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, or if the network device described below is the network shown in FIG. 3 The access network device 1 in the architecture, the terminal device described below may be the terminal device 1 or the terminal device 2 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, and if the network device described below is shown in FIG. 3 For the access network device 2 in the network architecture, the terminal device described below may be the terminal device 3 in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3. Among them, if the network device described below is the core network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 3, then the interaction between the network device and the terminal device can be forwarded through the access network device, for example, the terminal device sends a message to the network device. Information can be forwarded to the core network device through the access network device, and paging messages issued by the core network device can also be forwarded to the terminal device through the access network device.
S91、终端设备向网络设备发送业务信息和/或DRX期望信息,具体的,终端设备向网络设备发送业务信息,或发送DRX期望信息,或发送业务信息和DRX期望信息。如果终端设备向网络设备发送业务信息,则网络设备接收来自终端设备的业务信息;如果终端设备向网络设备发送DRX期望信息,则网络设备接收来自终端设备的DRX期望信息;如果终端设备向网络设备发送业务信息和DRX期望信息,则网络设备接收来自终端设备的业务信息和DRX期望信息。S91. The terminal device sends service information and/or DRX desired information to the network device. Specifically, the terminal device sends service information, or sends DRX desired information, or sends service information and DRX desired information to the network device. If the terminal device sends business information to the network device, the network device receives the business information from the terminal device; if the terminal device sends the desired DRX information to the network device, the network device receives the desired DRX information from the terminal device; if the terminal device sends the desired DRX information to the network device When the service information and the DRX expectation information are sent, the network device receives the service information and the DRX expectation information from the terminal device.
关于S91的更多介绍,可参考图4所示的实施例的S41。For more introduction to S91, refer to S41 of the embodiment shown in FIG. 4.
S91只是可选的步骤,不是必须执行的。S91 is only an optional step, not mandatory.
另外,如果终端设备是向终端设备发送业务信息,而不发送DRX期望配置信息,那么 在S91之前,终端设备还可以向网络设备发送第一通知消息,网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一通知消息,第一通知消息指示终端设备能够支持配置至少一种DRX周期,且支持为其中的一个或多个DRX周期配置多个第一偏移量。相当于,终端设备是否支持本申请实施例的这种DRX配置,终端设备可以先告知网络设备,从而便于网络设备后续的配置。In addition, if the terminal device sends service information to the terminal device without sending DRX desired configuration information, the terminal device may also send a first notification message to the network device before S91, and the network device receives the first notification message from the terminal device , The first notification message indicates that the terminal device can support the configuration of at least one DRX cycle, and supports the configuration of multiple first offsets for one or more of the DRX cycles. It is equivalent to whether the terminal device supports the DRX configuration of the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can inform the network device first, so as to facilitate subsequent configuration of the network device.
而对于网络设备来说,也可以通过广播消息等方式,指示网络设备能够支持配置至少一种DRX周期,且支持为其中的一个或多个DRX周期配置多个第一偏移量。这样终端设备接收广播消息后,也能够知道网络设备是否支持本申请实施例提供的DRX配置。For the network device, it is also possible to instruct the network device to support the configuration of at least one DRX cycle, and to support the configuration of multiple first offsets for one or more of the DRX cycles, through a broadcast message or the like. In this way, after receiving the broadcast message, the terminal device can also know whether the network device supports the DRX configuration provided in the embodiment of the present application.
终端设备可以先发送第一通知消息,网络设备接收第一通知消息后再发送广播消息;或者,网络设备可以先发送广播消息,终端设备接收广播消息后再向网络设备发送第一通知消息;或者,终端设备发送第一通知消息和网络设备发送广播消息可以一起发生;或者,虽然网络设备发送了广播消息,但终端设备在未接收该广播消息时就可以向网络设备发送第一通知消息,反之亦然,即,虽然终端设备向网络设备发送了第一通知消息,但网络设备也可以在未接收第一通知消息时就发送广播消息。The terminal device may send the first notification message first, and the network device may send the broadcast message after receiving the first notification message; or the network device may send the broadcast message first, and the terminal device may send the first notification message to the network device after receiving the broadcast message; or , The terminal device sending the first notification message and the network device sending the broadcast message can occur together; or, although the network device sends the broadcast message, the terminal device can send the first notification message to the network device when the broadcast message is not received, and vice versa The same is true, that is, although the terminal device sends the first notification message to the network device, the network device may also send the broadcast message when the first notification message is not received.
当然,终端设备向网络设备发送第一通知消息,以及网络设备发送广播消息等,都只是可选的步骤。例如终端设备和网络设备也可以默认支持本申请实施例提供的DRX配置,或者默认不支持本申请实施例提供的DRX配置。Of course, sending the first notification message by the terminal device to the network device and sending the broadcast message by the network device are only optional steps. For example, the terminal device and the network device may also support the DRX configuration provided in the embodiment of the present application by default, or do not support the DRX configuration provided in the embodiment of the present application by default.
S92、网络设备确定至少两个DRX配置信息。S92. The network device determines at least two pieces of DRX configuration information.
至少两个DRX配置信息中的每个DRX配置信息可以配置一种DRX周期,也就是说,至少两个DRX配置信息可以配置至少两种DRX周期。至少两种DRX周期的个数可以大于或等于2,至少一种DRX周期中,可能不同的DRX周期的长度均不同,或者,也可能有的DRX周期的长度相同。但即使两个DRX周期的长度相同,也认为这是两种不同的DRX周期,只是长度相同而已。Each DRX configuration information in the at least two DRX configuration information can configure one type of DRX cycle, that is, at least two DRX configuration information can configure at least two DRX cycles. The number of at least two DRX cycles may be greater than or equal to 2. In at least one DRX cycle, the lengths of different DRX cycles may be different, or there may be DRX cycles of the same length. But even if the lengths of the two DRX cycles are the same, they are considered to be two different DRX cycles, but the lengths are the same.
至少一个DRX配置信息包括第一DRX配置信息,第一DRX配置信息可以用于配置第一DRX周期,例如第一DRX配置信息可以配置第一DRX周期的长度(即,时域长度)等信息。显然,第一DRX周期是至少一种DRX周期中的一种。关于第一DRX周期的长度如何确定,可参考图4所示的实施例中S42的相关介绍。The at least one DRX configuration information includes first DRX configuration information, and the first DRX configuration information may be used to configure the first DRX cycle. For example, the first DRX configuration information may configure information such as the length of the first DRX cycle (ie, time domain length). Obviously, the first DRX cycle is one of at least one DRX cycle. Regarding how to determine the length of the first DRX cycle, reference may be made to the related introduction of S42 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4.
另外,第一DRX周期例如对应于一个或多个第一偏移量,或者说,第一DRX配置信息可以配置第一DRX周期对应的一个或多个第一偏移量,其中,第一偏移量可以指示寻呼帧的时域位置,或者说,根据一个第一偏移量,可以确定一个寻呼帧的时域位置。因此,本申请实施例中的第一偏移量,也可以称为寻呼帧偏移量,或者也可以有其他名称,名称不构成对特征的限定。寻呼帧的时域位置和第一偏移量可以认为是一一对应的,或者说,寻呼帧和第一偏移量可以认为是一一对应的。例如将第一DRX周期内的寻呼帧称为第一寻呼帧,那么,根据第一DRX周期对应的一个第一偏移量,就可以确定第一DRX周期内的一个第一寻呼帧的时域位置,或者,根据第一DRX周期对应的多个第一偏移量,就可以确定第一DRX周期内的多个第一寻呼帧的时域位置,第一寻呼帧和第一DRX周期对应的第一偏移量是一一对应的。In addition, the first DRX cycle corresponds to one or more first offsets, or in other words, the first DRX configuration information may configure one or more first offsets corresponding to the first DRX cycle, where the first offset The shift amount may indicate the time domain position of the paging frame, or in other words, the time domain position of a paging frame may be determined according to a first offset. Therefore, the first offset in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as the paging frame offset, or may have other names, and the names do not constitute a limitation on the characteristics. The time domain position of the paging frame and the first offset may be considered to have a one-to-one correspondence, or in other words, the paging frame and the first offset may be considered to have a one-to-one correspondence. For example, the paging frame in the first DRX cycle is called the first paging frame. Then, according to a first offset corresponding to the first DRX cycle, a first paging frame in the first DRX cycle can be determined Or, according to the multiple first offsets corresponding to the first DRX cycle, the time domain locations of the multiple first paging frames in the first DRX cycle, the first paging frame and the first paging frame can be determined The first offset corresponding to one DRX cycle has a one-to-one correspondence.
其中,第一DRX周期如果对应于一个第一偏移量,那么该第一偏移量可以是本申请实施例所提供的新的第一偏移量,或者也可以是小区公共的偏移量PF_offset。第一DRX周期如果对应于多个第一偏移量,这多个第一偏移量中可以包括小区公共的偏移量,或者也可以不包括小区公共的偏移量。Wherein, if the first DRX cycle corresponds to a first offset, then the first offset may be the new first offset provided in the embodiment of the present application, or may also be the offset common to the cell PF_offset. If the first DRX cycle corresponds to multiple first offsets, the multiple first offsets may include cell-common offsets, or may not include cell-common offsets.
作为一种可选的实施方式,第一DRX配置信息除了可以配置第一DRX周期,配置第一DRX周期对应的多个第一偏移量之外,还可以配置第一DRX周期对应于至少一个第二偏移量,其中,至少一个第二偏移量中的一个第二偏移量可以用于确定一个寻呼时机,因此,第二偏移量也可以称为寻呼时机偏移量,或者也可以有其他名称,名称不构成对特征的限制。例如,第一DRX周期对应的多个第一偏移量中的全部或部分中的每个第一偏移量,可以对应一个或多个第二偏移量,从而多个第一偏移量共对应至少一个第二偏移量。As an optional implementation manner, in addition to configuring the first DRX cycle and configuring multiple first offsets corresponding to the first DRX cycle, the first DRX configuration information can also be configured to correspond to at least one DRX cycle. The second offset, where one of the at least one second offset can be used to determine a paging occasion. Therefore, the second offset can also be referred to as a paging occasion offset, Or there can be other names, and the name does not constitute a restriction on the feature. For example, each of all or part of the multiple first offsets corresponding to the first DRX cycle may correspond to one or more second offsets, so that the multiple first offsets Corresponds to at least one second offset in total.
至少两个DRX配置信息除了包括第一DRX配置信息之外还包括其他的DRX配置信息,例如还包括第二DRX配置信息。第二DRX配置信息可以用于配置第二DRX周期,例如第二DRX配置信息可以配置第二DRX周期的长度(即,时域长度)等信息。显然,第二DRX周期是至少一种DRX周期中的一种。第二DRX周期例如对应于一个或多个第三偏移量,或者说,第二DRX配置信息可以配置第二DRX周期对应于一个或多个第三偏移量。例如将第二DRX周期内的寻呼帧称为第二寻呼帧,那么,根据第二DRX周期对应的多个第三偏移量,就可以确定第二DRX周期内的多个第二寻呼帧的时域位置,第二寻呼帧和第二DRX周期对应的第三偏移量是一一对应的。如果至少两个DRX配置信息的个数大于2,则至少两个DRX配置信息除了包括第一DRX配置信息和第二DRX配置信息之外还可以包括其他的DRX配置信息,总之一个DRX配置信息可以配置一种DRX周期,在此不再对其他的DRX配置信息进行过多描述。The at least two DRX configuration information includes other DRX configuration information in addition to the first DRX configuration information, for example, also includes second DRX configuration information. The second DRX configuration information may be used to configure the second DRX cycle. For example, the second DRX configuration information may configure information such as the length of the second DRX cycle (ie, the length of the time domain). Obviously, the second DRX cycle is one of at least one DRX cycle. For example, the second DRX cycle corresponds to one or more third offsets, or in other words, the second DRX configuration information may configure the second DRX cycle to correspond to one or more third offsets. For example, the paging frame in the second DRX cycle is called the second paging frame. Then, according to the multiple third offsets corresponding to the second DRX cycle, the multiple second paging frames in the second DRX cycle can be determined. The time domain position of the paging frame, the second paging frame and the third offset corresponding to the second DRX cycle are in a one-to-one correspondence. If the number of at least two DRX configuration information is greater than 2, the at least two DRX configuration information can include other DRX configuration information in addition to the first DRX configuration information and the second DRX configuration information. In short, one DRX configuration information can A DRX cycle is configured, and other DRX configuration information will not be described here.
第二DRX配置信息除了可以配置第二DRX周期,配置第二DRX周期对应的一个或多个第三偏移量之外,还可以配置第二DRX周期对应于至少一个第二偏移量。其中,不同的DRX周期所对应的第二偏移量的个数,可能相同,也可能不同。例如第一DRX周期所对应的第二偏移量的个数与第二DRX周期所对应的第二偏移量的个数,可能相同,也可能不同。例如,第二DRX周期对应的一个或多个第三偏移量中的全部或部分中的每个第三偏移量,可以对应一个或多个第二偏移量,从而第二DRX周期对应的一个或多个第三偏移量共对应至少一个第二偏移量。或者,第二DRX配置信息也可以不配置第二DRX周期对应的第二偏移量,即,第一DRX周期可以对应第二偏移量,但第二DRX周期可以不对应第二偏移量。In addition to configuring the second DRX cycle and configuring one or more third offsets corresponding to the second DRX cycle, the second DRX configuration information may also configure the second DRX cycle to correspond to at least one second offset. The number of second offsets corresponding to different DRX cycles may be the same or different. For example, the number of second offsets corresponding to the first DRX cycle and the number of second offsets corresponding to the second DRX cycle may be the same or different. For example, each of all or part of the one or more third offsets corresponding to the second DRX cycle may correspond to one or more second offsets, so that the second DRX cycle corresponds to A total of one or more third offsets corresponds to at least one second offset. Alternatively, the second DRX configuration information may not configure the second offset corresponding to the second DRX cycle, that is, the first DRX cycle may correspond to the second offset, but the second DRX cycle may not correspond to the second offset .
对于S92的更多内容,均可参考图4所示的实施例中的S42的相关介绍。For more content of S92, refer to the related introduction of S42 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4.
S93、网络设备向终端设备发送第一消息,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一消息。第一消息可以包括所述的至少两个DRX配置信息。S93. The network device sends the first message to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first message from the network device. The first message may include the aforementioned at least two DRX configuration information.
对于S93的更多内容,均可参考图4所示的实施例中的S43的相关介绍。For more content of S93, refer to the related introduction of S43 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4.
S94、终端设备根据第一DRX周期对应的一个第一偏移量确定一个第一寻呼帧,或,根据第一DRX周期对应的多个第一偏移量确定多个第一寻呼帧。S94. The terminal device determines one first paging frame according to a first offset corresponding to the first DRX cycle, or determines multiple first paging frames according to multiple first offsets corresponding to the first DRX cycle.
关于终端设备确定第一寻呼帧的方式,可参考图4所示的实施例中的S44的相关介绍。For the manner in which the terminal device determines the first paging frame, reference may be made to the related introduction of S44 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4.
另外,如果第一DRX周期还对应至少一个第二偏移量,那么终端设备还可以根据至少一个第二偏移量中的每个第二偏移量确定一个寻呼时机,或者说确定寻呼时机的时域位置,从而可以根据至少一个第二偏移量确定第一DRX周期内的至少一个寻呼时机。终端设备确定寻呼时机,例如可以是确定寻呼时机的索引。由于一个寻呼帧内包括的寻呼时机的总数一半都是确定的,因此根据寻呼时机的索引就可以定位一个寻呼时机的时域位置。In addition, if the first DRX cycle also corresponds to at least one second offset, the terminal device may also determine a paging occasion according to each second offset in the at least one second offset, or determine paging The time domain position of the occasion, so that at least one paging occasion in the first DRX cycle can be determined according to the at least one second offset. The terminal device determines the paging occasion, for example, it may be an index for determining the paging occasion. Since half of the total number of paging occasions included in a paging frame are determined, the time domain position of a paging occasion can be located according to the index of the paging occasion.
关于终端设备确定寻呼时机的方式,可参考图4所示的实施例中的S44的相关介绍。For the manner in which the terminal device determines the paging occasion, reference may be made to the related introduction of S44 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4.
至少一个DRX配置信息除了包括第一DRX配置信息外,还包括第二DRX配置信息。则终端设备可以根据第二DRX配置信息确定第二RX周期对应的一个或多个第三偏移量。当 然,还可以根据第二DRX配置信息确定第二DRX周期的长度等信息。在确定第二DRX周期对应的一个或多个第三偏移量后,终端设备可以根据一个或多个第三偏移量中的每个第三偏移量确定一个第二寻呼帧的时域位置,从而,根据一个第三偏移量可以确定一个第二寻呼帧的时域位置,或者根据多个第三偏移量可以确定多个第二寻呼帧的时域位置。终端设备确定第二寻呼帧的时域位置的方式,可参考前文对终端设备确定第一寻呼帧的方式的介绍。The at least one piece of DRX configuration information includes not only the first DRX configuration information, but also the second DRX configuration information. Then, the terminal device may determine one or more third offsets corresponding to the second RX cycle according to the second DRX configuration information. Of course, information such as the length of the second DRX cycle can also be determined according to the second DRX configuration information. After determining the one or more third offsets corresponding to the second DRX cycle, the terminal device may determine the timing of a second paging frame according to each third offset of the one or more third offsets. The domain position, thus, the time domain position of one second paging frame can be determined according to a third offset, or the time domain positions of multiple second paging frames can be determined according to a plurality of third offsets. For the manner in which the terminal device determines the time domain position of the second paging frame, refer to the foregoing description of the manner in which the terminal device determines the first paging frame.
可选的,如果第二DRX配置信息配置了第二DRX周期对应的至少一个第二偏移量,则终端设备还可以根据至少一个第二偏移量确定至少一个寻呼时机。关于终端设备确定第二DRX周期内的寻呼时机的方式,也可以参考前文对于终端设备确定第一DRX周期内的寻呼时机的方式的介绍。或者,如果第二DRX配置信息并未配置第二DRX周期对应的第二偏移量,则终端设备可以根据如前介绍的公式2来确定第二DRX周期内的每个第二寻呼帧内的寻呼时机的索引。Optionally, if the second DRX configuration information configures at least one second offset corresponding to the second DRX cycle, the terminal device may also determine at least one paging occasion according to the at least one second offset. Regarding the manner in which the terminal device determines the paging occasion in the second DRX cycle, reference may also be made to the foregoing description of the manner in which the terminal device determines the paging occasion in the first DRX cycle. Or, if the second DRX configuration information does not configure the second offset corresponding to the second DRX cycle, the terminal device can determine the second paging frame in the second DRX cycle according to the formula 2 introduced above The index of the paging occasion.
总之,终端设备对于至少一个DRX配置信息,可以对应确定至少一种DRX周期的具体配置。In short, for at least one DRX configuration information, the terminal device can correspondingly determine the specific configuration of the at least one DRX cycle.
对于S94的更多内容,均可参考图4所示的实施例中的S44的相关介绍。For more content of S94, refer to the related introduction of S44 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4.
S95、网络设备在一个第一寻呼帧发送寻呼消息,终端设备在这一个第一寻呼帧检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息;或者,网络设备在多个第一寻呼帧中的部分或全部第一寻呼帧发送寻呼消息,终端设备在多个第一寻呼帧中的所有第一寻呼帧检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息。或者,网络设备也可能不在第一DRX周期对应的所有第一寻呼帧发送寻呼消息,但终端设备依然在第一DRX周期对应的所有第一寻呼帧检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息。S95. The network device sends a paging message in a first paging frame, and the terminal device detects the paging message from the network device in this first paging frame; or, the network device is part of multiple first paging frames Or all the first paging frames send paging messages, and the terminal device detects the paging messages from the network device in all the first paging frames in the multiple first paging frames. Alternatively, the network device may not send paging messages in all first paging frames corresponding to the first DRX cycle, but the terminal device still detects paging messages from the network device in all first paging frames corresponding to the first DRX cycle.
具体的,网络设备可以在一个第一寻呼帧中的部分或全部寻呼时机发送寻呼消息,终端设备在这一个第一寻呼帧中的全部寻呼时机中的每个寻呼时机检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息;或者,网络设备在多个第一寻呼帧包括的部分或全部寻呼时机(多个第一寻呼帧包括的全部寻呼时机,包括了多个第一寻呼帧中的每个第一寻呼帧所包括的全部寻呼时机)发送寻呼消息,终端设备在多个第一寻呼帧包括的全部寻呼时机中的每个寻呼时机检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息。或者,网络设备也可能不在第一DRX周期对应的所有的第一寻呼帧发送寻呼消息,但终端设备依然在第一DRX周期对应的所有的第一寻呼帧中的每个寻呼时机检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息。Specifically, the network device may send a paging message at some or all of the paging occasions in a first paging frame, and the terminal device detects each paging occasion in all the paging occasions in this first paging frame A paging message from a network device; or, the network device performs part or all of the paging occasions included in the multiple first paging frames (all the paging occasions included in the multiple first paging frames include multiple first paging occasions). All paging occasions included in each first paging frame in the paging frame) send a paging message, and the terminal device detects that each of the paging occasions included in the multiple first paging frames comes from the network The paging message of the device. Or, the network device may not send the paging message in all the first paging frames corresponding to the first DRX cycle, but the terminal device is still in each paging occasion in all the first paging frames corresponding to the first DRX cycle Detect paging messages from network devices.
其中,如果网络设备在多个第一寻呼帧包括的部分寻呼时机发送寻呼消息,且这多个第一寻呼帧中的每个第一寻呼帧包括这部分寻呼时机中的一个或多个,则可以视为网络设备是在多个第一寻呼帧中的全部第一寻呼帧发送寻呼消息;或者,如果网络设备在多个第一寻呼帧包括的部分寻呼时机发送寻呼消息,且这多个第一寻呼帧中有第一寻呼帧不包括这部分寻呼时机中的任意一个,则可以视为网络设备是在多个第一寻呼帧中的部分第一寻呼帧发送寻呼消息。当然,如果网络设备在多个第一寻呼帧包括的全部寻呼时机发送寻呼消息,则视为网络设备是在多个第一寻呼帧中的全部第一寻呼帧发送寻呼消息。Wherein, if the network device sends a paging message at part of the paging occasions included in the plurality of first paging frames, and each first paging frame in the plurality of first paging frames includes the part of the paging occasion One or more, it can be considered that the network device sends a paging message in all the first paging frames in the multiple first paging frames; or, if the network device is paging in the part of the multiple first paging frames When the paging occasion sends a paging message, and if there is a first paging frame in the multiple first paging frames that does not include any of these paging occasions, it can be considered that the network device is in the multiple first paging frames Part of the first paging frame in sends paging messages. Of course, if the network device sends the paging message at all the paging occasions included in the multiple first paging frames, it is deemed that the network device sends the paging message in all the first paging frames among the multiple first paging frames. .
终端设备在确定多个第一寻呼帧后,可以在多个第一寻呼帧检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息。而至少两个DRX配置信息除了配置第一DRX周期外还可能配置了其他的DRX周期,则终端设备也可以确定其他的DRX周期内的寻呼帧,也就是说,终端设备可以在至少两个配置信息所指示的全部DRX周期内的寻呼帧检测来自网络设备的寻呼消息。After determining the plurality of first paging frames, the terminal device may detect paging messages from the network device in the plurality of first paging frames. In addition to configuring the first DRX cycle, the at least two DRX configuration messages may also configure other DRX cycles. The terminal device can also determine paging frames in other DRX cycles, that is, the terminal device can configure at least two DRX cycles. Paging frames in all DRX cycles indicated by the configuration information detect paging messages from network devices.
网络设备可能会在至少两种DRX周期所包括的全部的寻呼时机中的每个寻呼时机发 送寻呼消息,或者,网络设备可能会在至少两种DRX周期所包括的部分的寻呼时机中的每个寻呼时机发送寻呼消息,或者,网络设备也可能并不会在至少两种DRX周期所包括的任意寻呼时机发送寻呼消息。也就是说,是否发送寻呼消息,取决于是否有寻呼终端设备的必要,如果网络设备认为无需寻呼终端设备,则不会发送寻呼消息。但网络设备只要发送寻呼消息,就会在至少两种DRX周期所包括的全部寻呼时机或部分寻呼时机中发送,因此终端设备在至少两种DRX周期所包括的全部的寻呼时机中的每个寻呼时机检测寻呼消息即可。The network device may send a paging message at each of all paging occasions included in at least two DRX cycles, or the network device may send a paging message at a portion of the paging occasions included in at least two DRX cycles A paging message is sent at each paging occasion in, or the network device may not send a paging message at any paging occasion included in at least two DRX cycles. In other words, whether or not to send a paging message depends on whether it is necessary to page the terminal device. If the network device considers that there is no need to page the terminal device, the paging message will not be sent. However, as long as the network device sends a paging message, it will be sent in all paging occasions or part of the paging occasions included in at least two DRX cycles. Therefore, the terminal device is in all paging occasions included in at least two DRX cycles. It is sufficient to detect the paging message at each paging occasion.
对于S95的更多内容,均可参考图4所示的实施例中的S45的相关介绍。For more content of S95, refer to the related introduction of S45 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4.
在如上的介绍过程中,主要以DRX为例,实际上本申请实施例的应用方案也可以扩展到eDRX中。例如,一个eDRX周期内可以包括一个或多个DRX周期,那么通过配置DRX周期,也就相当于配置了eDRX周期。In the above introduction process, DRX is mainly taken as an example. In fact, the application scheme of the embodiment of the present application can also be extended to eDRX. For example, one eDRX cycle may include one or more DRX cycles, then configuring the DRX cycle is equivalent to configuring the eDRX cycle.
在本申请实施例中,可以为终端设备配置至少两种DRX周期,通过配置不同的DRX周期,使得终端设备的DRX配置能够尽量适配终端设备的业务需求。例如在终端设备的业务较为繁忙的时间,终端设备可以使用长度较短的DRX周期,以减小寻呼时延,从而减小业务时延。而在终端设备的业务较为空闲的时间,终端设备可以使用长度较长的DRX周期,以减小终端设备无效检测的次数,减小终端设备的功耗。且还可以为至少两种DRX周期中的第一DRX周期配置一个或多个第一偏移量,例如配置了多个第一偏移量,从而根据多个第一偏移量可以确定多个寻呼帧,网络设备可以在这些寻呼帧内发送寻呼消息,终端设备也可以在这些寻呼帧内检测寻呼消息,这相当于增加了寻呼帧内的寻呼时机的个数,从而使得终端设备对寻呼消息的检测更为灵活。In the embodiment of the present application, at least two DRX cycles can be configured for the terminal device, and by configuring different DRX cycles, the DRX configuration of the terminal device can adapt to the service requirements of the terminal device as much as possible. For example, when the service of the terminal device is relatively busy, the terminal device can use a shorter DRX cycle to reduce the paging delay, thereby reducing the service delay. When the service of the terminal device is relatively idle, the terminal device can use a longer DRX cycle to reduce the number of invalid detections of the terminal device and reduce the power consumption of the terminal device. In addition, one or more first offsets may be configured for the first DRX cycle of the at least two DRX cycles, for example, multiple first offsets are configured, so that multiple first offsets can be determined according to the multiple first offsets. Paging frames, network devices can send paging messages in these paging frames, and terminal devices can also detect paging messages in these paging frames, which is equivalent to increasing the number of paging occasions in the paging frame, This makes the detection of the paging message by the terminal device more flexible.
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例中用来实现上述方法的装置。因此,上文中的内容均可以用于后续实施例中,重复的内容不再赘述。The device used to implement the foregoing method in the embodiments of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. Therefore, all the above content can be used in the subsequent embodiments, and the repeated content will not be repeated.
图10为本申请实施例提供的通信装置1000的示意性框图。示例性地,通信装置1000例如为终端设备1000。FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1000 according to an embodiment of the application. Illustratively, the communication apparatus 1000 is, for example, a terminal device 1000.
终端设备1000包括处理模块1010和收发模块1020。示例性地,终端设备1000可以是网络设备,也可以是应用于终端设备中的芯片或者其他具有上述终端设备功能的组合器件、部件等。当终端设备1000是终端设备时,收发模块1020可以是收发器,收发器可以包括天线和射频电路等,处理模块1010可以是处理器,例如基带处理器,基带处理器中可以包括一个或多个中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU)。当终端设备1000是具有上述终端设备功能的部件时,收发模块1020可以是射频单元,处理模块1010可以是处理器,例如基带处理器。当终端设备1000是芯片系统时,收发模块1020可以是芯片(例如基带芯片)的输入输出接口、处理模块1010可以是芯片系统的处理器,可以包括一个或多个中央处理单元。应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块1010可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发模块1020可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。The terminal device 1000 includes a processing module 1010 and a transceiver module 1020. Exemplarily, the terminal device 1000 may be a network device, or may be a chip applied in a terminal device or other combination devices, components, etc. having the above-mentioned terminal device functions. When the terminal device 1000 is a terminal device, the transceiver module 1020 may be a transceiver, the transceiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., and the processing module 1010 may be a processor, such as a baseband processor. The baseband processor may include one or more Central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU). When the terminal device 1000 is a component having the above-mentioned terminal device function, the transceiver module 1020 may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 1010 may be a processor, such as a baseband processor. When the terminal device 1000 is a chip system, the transceiver module 1020 may be an input/output interface of a chip (such as a baseband chip), and the processing module 1010 may be a processor of the chip system, and may include one or more central processing units. It should be understood that the processing module 1010 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and the transceiver module 1020 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
例如,处理模块1010可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S44,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块1020可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部接收操作,例如S41、S43和S45,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For example, the processing module 1010 may be used to perform all operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, such as S44, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein. The transceiver module 1020 may be used to perform all the receiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, such as S41, S43, and S45, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
另外,收发模块1020可以是一个功能模块,该功能模块既能完成发送操作也能完成接收操作,例如收发模块1020可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全 部发送操作和接收操作,例如,在执行发送操作时,可以认为收发模块1020是发送模块,而在执行接收操作时,可以认为收发模块1020是接收模块;或者,收发模块1020也可以是两个功能模块,收发模块1020可以视为这两个功能模块的统称,这两个功能模块分别为发送模块和接收模块,发送模块用于完成发送操作,例如发送模块可以用于执行图4所示的实施例的任一个实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部发送操作,接收模块用于完成接收操作,例如接收模块可以用于执行图4所示的实施例由终端设备所执行的全部接收操作。In addition, the transceiver module 1020 may be a functional module that can perform both sending and receiving operations. For example, the transceiver module 1020 may be used to perform all the sending operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 And receiving operation, for example, when performing a sending operation, the transceiver module 1020 can be considered as a sending module, and when performing a receiving operation, the transceiver module 1020 can be considered as a receiving module; or, the transceiver module 1020 can also be two functional modules, The transceiver module 1020 can be regarded as a collective term for these two functional modules. The two functional modules are respectively a sending module and a receiving module. The sending module is used to complete the sending operation. For example, the sending module can be used to perform the functions of the embodiment shown in FIG. For all the sending operations performed by the terminal device in any embodiment, the receiving module is used to complete the receiving operation. For example, the receiving module may be used to perform all the receiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4.
其中,收发模块1020,用于接收来自网络设备的第一消息,所述第一消息包括至少一个DRX配置信息,其中包括的第一DRX配置信息用于配置第一DRX周期,所述第一DRX周期对应多个第一偏移量,所述第一偏移量用于指示寻呼帧的时域位置;The transceiver module 1020 is configured to receive a first message from a network device. The first message includes at least one piece of DRX configuration information. The first DRX configuration information included therein is used to configure a first DRX cycle. The period corresponds to a plurality of first offsets, and the first offsets are used to indicate the time domain position of the paging frame;
处理模块1010,用于根据多个所述第一偏移量确定多个所述第一寻呼帧;The processing module 1010 is configured to determine a plurality of the first paging frames according to a plurality of the first offsets;
收发模块1020,还用于在多个所述第一寻呼帧检测来自所述网络设备的寻呼消息。The transceiver module 1020 is further configured to detect paging messages from the network device in a plurality of the first paging frames.
在一种可选的实施方式中,收发模块1020,还用于在第二寻呼帧检测来自所述网络设备的寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼帧是根据第三偏移量确定的,所述第三偏移量是通过第二DRX周期确定的,所述第二DRX周期是所述至少一个DRX配置信息中的第二DRX配置信息所配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiver module 1020 is further configured to detect a paging message from the network device in a second paging frame, and the second paging frame is determined according to the third offset The third offset is determined by a second DRX cycle, and the second DRX cycle is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息还包括执行信息,所述执行信息用于指示至少一种DRX周期对应的应用时间,所述至少一种DRX周期是通过所述至少一个DRX配置信息配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate the application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle, and the at least one DRX cycle passes through the at least one DRX cycle. DRX configuration information is configured.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述执行信息包括所述至少一种DRX周期的顺序信息;或,The execution information includes sequence information of the at least one DRX cycle; or,
所述执行信息为bitmap,所述bitmap中的每个比特用于指示所述至少一种DRX周期中的一种DRX周期的应用信息。The execution information is a bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle in the at least one DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,处理模块1010用于通过如下方式,根据多个所述第一偏移量中的一个第一偏移量确定多个所述第一寻呼帧中的一个第一寻呼帧:In an optional implementation manner, the processing module 1010 is configured to determine one of the plurality of first paging frames according to one of the plurality of first offsets in the following manner The first paging frame:
根据所述一个第一偏移量、所述第一DRX周期的长度和所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数,确定所述一个第一寻呼帧的帧号。The frame number of the one first paging frame is determined according to the one first offset, the length of the first DRX cycle, and the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期还对应至少一个第二偏移量,其中所述多个第一偏移量中的每个第一偏移量,对应于一个或多个第二偏移量,所述至少一个第二偏移量中的一个第二偏移量用于确定一个寻呼时机。In an optional implementation manner, the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述一个寻呼时机是根据所述一个第二偏移量、所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数、和一个第一寻呼帧所包括的寻呼时机的总数确定的。In an optional implementation manner, the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期的长度,是根据所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置以及参考时间所确定的,所述参考时间是由所述网络设备配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越短;或者,The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time, the shorter the length of the first DRX cycle; or,
所述第一DRX所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越长。The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX is located and the reference time, the longer the length of the first DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,收发模块1020,还用于向所述网络设备发送业务信息和/或DRX期望信息,所述业务信息包括正在进行或将要进行的业务的信息,所述DRX期望 信息用于指示所期望的DRX配置。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiver module 1020 is further configured to send service information and/or DRX expectation information to the network device, where the service information includes information about ongoing or upcoming services, and the DRX The desired information is used to indicate the desired DRX configuration.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述网络设备为接入网设备或核心网设备。In an optional implementation manner, the network device is an access network device or a core network device.
图11为本申请实施例提供的通信装置1100的示意性框图。示例性地,通信装置1100例如为网络设备1100。FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1100 according to an embodiment of the application. Exemplarily, the communication device 1100 is, for example, a network device 1100.
网络设备1100包括处理模块1110和收发模块1120。示例性地,网络设备1100可以是网络设备,也可以是应用于网络设备中的芯片或者其他具有上述网络设备功能的组合器件、部件等。当网络设备1100是网络设备时,收发模块1120可以是收发器,收发器可以包括天线和射频电路等,处理模块1110可以是处理器,处理器中可以包括一个或多个CPU。当网络设备1100是具有上述网络设备功能的部件时,收发模块1120可以是射频单元,处理模块1110可以是处理器,例如基带处理器。当网络设备1100是芯片系统时,收发模块1120可以是芯片(例如基带芯片)的输入输出接口、处理模块1110可以是芯片系统的处理器,可以包括一个或多个中央处理单元。应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块1110可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发模块1120可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。The network device 1100 includes a processing module 1110 and a transceiver module 1120. Exemplarily, the network device 1100 may be a network device, or may be a chip applied in the network device or other combination devices, components, etc. having the functions of the network device described above. When the network device 1100 is a network device, the transceiver module 1120 may be a transceiver, the transceiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., the processing module 1110 may be a processor, and the processor may include one or more CPUs. When the network device 1100 is a component having the above-mentioned network device function, the transceiver module 1120 may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 1110 may be a processor, such as a baseband processor. When the network device 1100 is a chip system, the transceiver module 1120 may be an input/output interface of a chip (such as a baseband chip), and the processing module 1110 may be a processor of the chip system, and may include one or more central processing units. It should be understood that the processing module 1110 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and the transceiver module 1120 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
例如,处理模块1110可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S42,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块1120可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的全部接收操作,例如S41、S43和S45,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For example, the processing module 1110 may be used to perform all operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, such as S42, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein. The transceiver module 1120 may be used to perform all the receiving operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, such as S41, S43, and S45, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
另外,收发模块1120可以是一个功能模块,该功能模块既能完成发送操作也能完成接收操作,例如收发模块1120可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的全部发送操作和接收操作,例如,在执行发送操作时,可以认为收发模块1120是发送模块,而在执行接收操作时,可以认为收发模块1120是接收模块;或者,收发模块1120也可以是两个功能模块,收发模块1120可以视为这两个功能模块的统称,这两个功能模块分别为发送模块和接收模块,发送模块用于完成发送操作,例如发送模块可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的全部发送操作,接收模块用于完成接收操作,例如接收模块可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的全部接收操作。In addition, the transceiver module 1120 may be a functional module that can perform both sending operations and receiving operations. For example, the transceiver module 1120 may be used to perform all the sending operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 And receiving operations, for example, when performing a sending operation, the transceiver module 1120 can be considered as a sending module, and when performing a receiving operation, the transceiver module 1120 can be considered as a receiving module; or, the transceiver module 1120 can also be two functional modules, The transceiver module 1120 can be regarded as a collective term for these two functional modules. The two functional modules are respectively a sending module and a receiving module. The sending module is used to complete the sending operation. For example, the sending module can be used to perform the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 For all the sending operations performed by the network device, the receiving module is used to complete the receiving operation. For example, the receiving module may be used to perform all the receiving operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4.
其中,处理模块1110,用于确定至少一个DRX配置信息,其中包括的第一DRX配置信息用于配置第一DRX周期,所述第一DRX周期对应多个第一偏移量,所述第一偏移量用于指示寻呼帧的时域位置;The processing module 1110 is configured to determine at least one piece of DRX configuration information, and the first DRX configuration information included therein is used to configure a first DRX cycle. The first DRX cycle corresponds to a plurality of first offsets, and the first DRX cycle corresponds to multiple first offsets. The offset is used to indicate the time domain position of the paging frame;
收发模块1120,用于向终端设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述至少一个DRX配置信息;The transceiver module 1120 is configured to send a first message to a terminal device, where the first message includes the at least one piece of DRX configuration information;
收发模块1120,还用于在多个所述第一寻呼帧中的部分或全部发送寻呼消息。The transceiver module 1120 is further configured to send a paging message in part or all of the plurality of first paging frames.
在一种可选的实施方式中,收发模块1120,还用于在第二寻呼帧发送寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼帧是根据第三偏移量确定的,所述第三偏移量是通过第二DRX周期确定的,所述第二DRX周期是所述至少一个DRX配置信息中的第二DRX配置信息所配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiver module 1120 is further configured to send a paging message in a second paging frame, the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset, and the third offset The amount of shift is determined by a second DRX cycle, and the second DRX cycle is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息还包括执行信息,所述执行信息用于指示至少一种DRX周期对应的应用时间,所述至少一种DRX周期是通过所述至少一个DRX配置信息配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate the application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle, and the at least one DRX cycle passes through the at least one DRX cycle. DRX configuration information is configured.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述执行信息包括所述至少一种DRX周期的顺序信息;或,The execution information includes sequence information of the at least one DRX cycle; or,
所述执行信息为bitmap,所述bitmap中的每个比特用于指示所述至少一种DRX周期中的一种DRX周期的应用信息。The execution information is a bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle in the at least one DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期还对应至少一个第二偏移量,其中所述多个第一偏移量中的每个第一偏移量,对应于一个或多个第二偏移量,所述至少一个第二偏移量中的一个第二偏移量用于确定一个寻呼时机。In an optional implementation manner, the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述一个寻呼时机是根据所述一个第二偏移量、所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数、和一个第一寻呼帧所包括的寻呼时机的总数确定的。In an optional implementation manner, the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期的长度,是根据所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置以及参考时间所确定的,所述参考时间是由所述网络设备配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越短;或者,The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time, the shorter the length of the first DRX cycle; or,
所述第一DRX所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越长。The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX is located and the reference time, the longer the length of the first DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,收发模块1120,还用于接收来自所述终端设备的业务信息和/或DRX期望信息,所述业务信息包括正在进行或将要进行的业务的信息,所述DRX期望信息用于指示所期望的DRX配置。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiver module 1120 is further configured to receive service information and/or DRX desired information from the terminal device. The service information includes information about ongoing or upcoming services. The DRX expectation information is used to indicate the desired DRX configuration.
在一种可选的实施方式中,网络设备1100为接入网设备或核心网设备。In an optional implementation manner, the network device 1100 is an access network device or a core network device.
图12为本申请实施例提供的通信装置1200的示意性框图。示例性地,通信装置1200例如为终端设备1200。FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1200 according to an embodiment of the application. Exemplarily, the communication apparatus 1200 is, for example, a terminal device 1200.
终端设备1200包括处理模块1210和收发模块1220。示例性地,终端设备1200可以是网络设备,也可以是应用于终端设备中的芯片或者其他具有上述终端设备功能的组合器件、部件等。当终端设备1200是终端设备时,收发模块1220可以是收发器,收发器可以包括天线和射频电路等,处理模块1210可以是处理器,例如基带处理器,基带处理器中可以包括一个或多个CPU。当终端设备1200是具有上述终端设备功能的部件时,收发模块1220可以是射频单元,处理模块1210可以是处理器,例如基带处理器。当终端设备1200是芯片系统时,收发模块1220可以是芯片(例如基带芯片)的输入输出接口、处理模块1210可以是芯片系统的处理器,可以包括一个或多个中央处理单元。应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块1210可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发模块1220可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。The terminal device 1200 includes a processing module 1210 and a transceiver module 1220. Exemplarily, the terminal device 1200 may be a network device, or may be a chip applied in a terminal device or other combination devices, components, etc. having the above-mentioned terminal device functions. When the terminal device 1200 is a terminal device, the transceiver module 1220 may be a transceiver. The transceiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit. The processing module 1210 may be a processor, such as a baseband processor. The baseband processor may include one or more CPU. When the terminal device 1200 is a component having the above-mentioned terminal device function, the transceiver module 1220 may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 1210 may be a processor, such as a baseband processor. When the terminal device 1200 is a chip system, the transceiver module 1220 may be an input/output interface of a chip (such as a baseband chip), and the processing module 1210 may be a processor of the chip system, and may include one or more central processing units. It should be understood that the processing module 1210 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and the transceiver module 1220 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
例如,处理模块1210可以用于执行图9所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S94,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块1220可以用于执行图9所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部接收操作,例如S91、S93和S95,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For example, the processing module 1210 may be used to perform all operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 except for the transceiving operation, such as S94, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein. The transceiver module 1220 may be used to perform all the receiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, such as S91, S93, and S95, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
另外,收发模块1220可以是一个功能模块,该功能模块既能完成发送操作也能完成接收操作,例如收发模块1220可以用于执行图9所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部发送操作和接收操作,例如,在执行发送操作时,可以认为收发模块1220是发送模块,而在执行接收操作时,可以认为收发模块1220是接收模块;或者,收发模块1220也可以是两个功能模块,收发模块可以视为这两个功能模块的统称,这两个功能模块分别为发送模块和接收模块,发送模块用于完成发送操作,例如发送模块可以用于执行图9所示的实 施例的任一个实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部发送操作,接收模块用于完成接收操作,例如接收模块可以用于执行图9所示的实施例由终端设备所执行的全部接收操作。In addition, the transceiver module 1220 may be a functional module that can perform both sending and receiving operations. For example, the transceiver module 1220 may be used to perform all the sending operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 And receiving operations, for example, when performing a sending operation, the transceiver module 1220 can be considered as a sending module, and when performing a receiving operation, the transceiver module 1220 can be considered as a receiving module; or, the transceiver module 1220 can also be two functional modules, The transceiver module can be regarded as a collective term for these two functional modules. The two functional modules are respectively a sending module and a receiving module. The sending module is used to complete the sending operation. For example, the sending module can be used to perform any of the functions of the embodiment shown in FIG. 9. In one embodiment, for all the sending operations performed by the terminal device, the receiving module is used to complete the receiving operation. For example, the receiving module may be used to perform all the receiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9.
其中,收发模块1220,用于接收来自网络设备的第一消息,所述第一消息包括至少两个DRX配置信息,所述至少两个DRX配置信息用于配置至少两种DRX周期,其中包括的第一DRX周期对应一个或多个第一偏移量,所述第一偏移量用于指示第一寻呼帧的时域位置;Wherein, the transceiver module 1220 is configured to receive a first message from a network device, the first message includes at least two DRX configuration information, and the at least two DRX configuration information is used to configure at least two DRX cycles, including The first DRX cycle corresponds to one or more first offsets, where the first offsets are used to indicate the time domain position of the first paging frame;
处理模块1210,用于根据一个或多个所述第一偏移量确定多个所述第一寻呼帧;The processing module 1210 is configured to determine a plurality of the first paging frames according to one or more of the first offsets;
收发模块1220,还用于在一个或多个所述第一寻呼帧检测来自所述网络设备的寻呼消息。The transceiver module 1220 is further configured to detect a paging message from the network device in one or more of the first paging frames.
在一种可选的实施方式中,收发模块1220,还用于在第二寻呼帧检测来自所述网络设备的寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼帧是根据第三偏移量确定的,所述第三偏移量是通过第二DRX周期确定的,所述第二DRX周期是所述至少一个DRX配置信息中的第二DRX配置信息所配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiver module 1220 is further configured to detect a paging message from the network device in a second paging frame, and the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset The third offset is determined by a second DRX cycle, and the second DRX cycle is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息还包括执行信息,所述执行信息用于指示所述至少两种DRX周期对应的应用时间。In an optional implementation manner, the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate application times corresponding to the at least two DRX cycles.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述执行信息包括所述至少两种DRX周期的顺序信息;或,The execution information includes sequence information of the at least two DRX cycles; or,
所述执行信息为bitmap,所述bitmap中的每个比特用于指示所述至少两种DRX周期中的一种DRX周期的应用信息。The execution information is a bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle of the at least two DRX cycles.
在一种可选的实施方式中,处理模块1220用于通过如下方式,根据一个或所述第一偏移量确定一个或多个所述第一寻呼帧中的一个第一寻呼帧:In an optional implementation manner, the processing module 1220 is configured to determine one of the one or more first paging frames according to one or the first offset in the following manner:
根据所述第一偏移量、所述第一DRX周期的长度和所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数,确定所述一个第一寻呼帧的帧号。Determine the frame number of the one first paging frame according to the first offset, the length of the first DRX cycle, and the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期还对应至少一个第二偏移量,其中所述多个第一偏移量中的每个第一偏移量,对应于一个或多个第二偏移量,所述至少一个第二偏移量中的一个第二偏移量用于确定一个寻呼时机。In an optional implementation manner, the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述一个寻呼时机是根据所述一个第二偏移量、所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数、和一个第一寻呼帧所包括的寻呼时机的总数确定的。In an optional implementation manner, the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期的长度,是根据所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置以及参考时间所确定的,所述参考时间是由所述网络设备配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越短;或者,The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time, the shorter the length of the first DRX cycle; or,
所述第一DRX所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越长。The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX is located and the reference time, the longer the length of the first DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,收发模块1220,还用于向所述网络设备发送业务信息和/或DRX期望信息,所述业务信息包括正在进行或将要进行的业务的信息,所述DRX期望信息用于指示所期望的DRX配置。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiver module 1220 is further configured to send service information and/or DRX expected information to the network device, where the service information includes information about ongoing or to-be-executed services, and the DRX The desired information is used to indicate the desired DRX configuration.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述网络设备为接入网设备或核心网设备。In an optional implementation manner, the network device is an access network device or a core network device.
图13为本申请实施例提供的通信装置1300的示意性框图。示例性地,通信装置1300 例如为网络设备1300。FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1300 according to an embodiment of the application. Exemplarily, the communication apparatus 1300 is a network device 1300, for example.
网络设备1300包括处理模块1310和收发模块1320。示例性地,网络设备1300可以是网络设备,也可以是应用于网络设备中的芯片或者其他具有上述网络设备功能的组合器件、部件等。当网络设备1300是网络设备时,收发模块1320可以是收发器,收发器可以包括天线和射频电路等,处理模块1310可以是处理器,处理器中可以包括一个或多个CPU。当网络设备1300是具有上述网络设备功能的部件时,收发模块1320可以是射频单元,处理模块1310可以是处理器,例如基带处理器。当网络设备1300是芯片系统时,收发模块1320可以是芯片(例如基带芯片)的输入输出接口、处理模块1310可以是芯片系统的处理器,可以包括一个或多个中央处理单元。应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块1310可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发模块1320可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。The network device 1300 includes a processing module 1310 and a transceiver module 1320. Exemplarily, the network device 1300 may be a network device, or may be a chip applied in the network device, or other combination devices, components, etc. having the functions of the foregoing network device. When the network device 1300 is a network device, the transceiver module 1320 may be a transceiver, the transceiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc., the processing module 1310 may be a processor, and the processor may include one or more CPUs. When the network device 1300 is a component having the above-mentioned network device function, the transceiver module 1320 may be a radio frequency unit, and the processing module 1310 may be a processor, such as a baseband processor. When the network device 1300 is a chip system, the transceiver module 1320 may be an input/output interface of a chip (such as a baseband chip), and the processing module 1310 may be a processor of the chip system, and may include one or more central processing units. It should be understood that the processing module 1310 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and the transceiver module 1320 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
例如,处理模块1310可以用于执行图9所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S92,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块1320可以用于执行图9所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的全部接收操作,例如S91、S93和S95,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For example, the processing module 1310 may be used to perform all operations other than the transceiving operation performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, such as S92, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein. The transceiver module 1320 may be used to perform all the receiving operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, such as S91, S93, and S95, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
另外,收发模块1320可以是一个功能模块,该功能模块既能完成发送操作也能完成接收操作,例如收发模块1320可以用于执行图9所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的全部发送操作和接收操作,例如,在执行发送操作时,可以认为收发模块1320是发送模块,而在执行接收操作时,可以认为收发模块1320是接收模块;或者,收发模块1320也可以是两个功能模块,收发模块可以视为这两个功能模块的统称,这两个功能模块分别为发送模块和接收模块,发送模块用于完成发送操作,例如发送模块可以用于执行图9所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的全部发送操作,接收模块用于完成接收操作,例如接收模块可以用于执行图9所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的全部接收操作。In addition, the transceiver module 1320 may be a functional module that can perform both sending and receiving operations. For example, the transceiver module 1320 may be used to perform all the sending operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 And receiving operations, for example, when performing a sending operation, the transceiver module 1320 can be considered as a sending module, and when performing a receiving operation, the transceiver module 1320 can be considered as a receiving module; or, the transceiver module 1320 can also be two functional modules, The transceiver module can be regarded as a collective term for these two functional modules. The two functional modules are respectively a sending module and a receiving module. The sending module is used to complete the sending operation. For example, the sending module can be used to execute For all the sending operations performed by the network device, the receiving module is used to complete the receiving operation. For example, the receiving module may be used to perform all the receiving operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9.
其中,处理模块1310,用于确定至少两个DRX配置信息,所述至少两个DRX配置信息用于配置至少两种DRX周期,其中包括的第一DRX周期对应一个或多个第一偏移量,所述第一偏移量用于指示第一寻呼帧的时域位置;The processing module 1310 is configured to determine at least two DRX configuration information, where the at least two DRX configuration information is used to configure at least two DRX cycles, and the first DRX cycle included therein corresponds to one or more first offsets. , The first offset is used to indicate the time domain position of the first paging frame;
收发模块1320,用于向终端设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述至少两个DRX配置信息;The transceiver module 1320 is configured to send a first message to a terminal device, where the first message includes the at least two DRX configuration information;
收发模块1320,还用于在一个或多个所述第一寻呼帧中的部分或全部发送寻呼消息。The transceiver module 1320 is further configured to send a paging message in part or all of the one or more first paging frames.
在一种可选的实施方式中,收发模块1320,还用于在第二寻呼帧发送寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼帧是根据第三偏移量确定的,所述第三偏移量是通过第二DRX周期确定的,所述第二DRX周期是所述至少一个DRX配置信息中的第二DRX配置信息所配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiver module 1320 is further configured to send a paging message in a second paging frame, the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset, and the third offset The amount of shift is determined by a second DRX cycle, and the second DRX cycle is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息还包括执行信息,所述执行信息用于指示所述至少两种DRX周期对应的应用时间。In an optional implementation manner, the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate application times corresponding to the at least two DRX cycles.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述执行信息包括所述至少两种DRX周期的顺序信息;或,The execution information includes sequence information of the at least two DRX cycles; or,
所述执行信息为bitmap,所述bitmap中的每个比特用于指示所述至少两种DRX周期中的一种DRX周期的应用信息。The execution information is a bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle of the at least two DRX cycles.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期还对应至少一个第二偏移量,其中所述多个第一偏移量中的每个第一偏移量,对应于一个或多个第二偏移量,所述至少一个第 二偏移量中的一个第二偏移量用于确定一个寻呼时机。In an optional implementation manner, the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each first offset in the plurality of first offsets corresponds to one or A plurality of second offsets, one of the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述一个寻呼时机是根据所述一个第二偏移量、所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数、和一个第一寻呼帧所包括的寻呼时机的总数确定的。In an optional implementation manner, the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and one first paging frame The total number of paging occasions included is determined.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一DRX周期的长度,是根据所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置以及参考时间所确定的,所述参考时间是由所述网络设备配置的。In an optional implementation manner, the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain location where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the reference time is configured by the network device of.
在一种可选的实施方式中,In an alternative embodiment,
所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越短;或者,The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time, the shorter the length of the first DRX cycle; or,
所述第一DRX所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越长。The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX is located and the reference time, the longer the length of the first DRX cycle.
在一种可选的实施方式中,收发模块1320,还用于接收来自所述终端设备的业务信息和/或DRX期望信息,所述业务信息包括正在进行或将要进行的业务的信息,所述DRX期望信息用于指示所期望的DRX配置。In an optional implementation manner, the transceiver module 1320 is further configured to receive service information and/or DRX desired information from the terminal device, where the service information includes information about ongoing or upcoming services, and The DRX expectation information is used to indicate the desired DRX configuration.
在一种可选的实施方式中,网络设备1300为接入网设备或核心网设备。In an optional implementation manner, the network device 1300 is an access network device or a core network device.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是终端设备也可以是电路。该通信装置可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由终端设备所执行的动作。The embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, and the communication device may be a terminal device or a circuit. The communication device can be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
当该通信装置为终端设备时,图14示出了一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便,图14中,终端设备以手机作为例子。如图14所示,终端设备包括处理器、存储器、射频电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是,有些种类的终端设备可以不具有输入输出装置。When the communication device is a terminal device, FIG. 14 shows a simplified schematic diagram of the structure of the terminal device. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate. In FIG. 14, the terminal device uses a mobile phone as an example. As shown in Figure 14, the terminal equipment includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and the processing of radio frequency signals. The antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal devices may not have input and output devices.
当需要发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明,图14中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备产品中,可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置,也可以是与处理器集成在一起,本申请实施例对此不做限制。When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the terminal device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data. For ease of description, only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 14. In an actual terminal device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device. The memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为终端设备的收发单元(收发单元可以是一个功能单元,该功能单元能够实现发送功能和接收功能;或者,收发单元也可以包括两个功能单元,分别为能够实现接收功能的接收单元和能够实现发送功能的发送单元),将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备的处理单元。如图14所示,终端设备包括收发单元1410和处理单元1420。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元也可以称为处理器,处理单板,处理模块、处理装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元1410中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元1410中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元1410包括接收单元和发送单元。收发单元有时也 可以称为收发机、收发器、或收发电路等。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。In the embodiments of the present application, the antenna and radio frequency circuit with transceiving functions can be regarded as the transceiving unit of the terminal device (the transceiving unit can be a functional unit that can realize the sending and receiving functions; or the transceiving unit can also be It includes two functional units, namely a receiving unit capable of realizing the receiving function and a transmitting unit capable of realizing the transmitting function), and the processor with the processing function is regarded as the processing unit of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 14, the terminal device includes a transceiving unit 1410 and a processing unit 1420. The transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, and so on. The processing unit may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and so on. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiving unit 1410 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiving unit 1410 as the sending unit, that is, the transceiving unit 1410 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. The transceiver unit may sometimes be called a transceiver, transceiver, or transceiver circuit. The receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit. The transmitting unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
应理解,收发单元1410用于执行上述方法实施例中终端设备侧的发送操作和接收操作,处理单元1420用于执行上述方法实施例中终端设备上除了收发操作之外的其他操作。It should be understood that the transceiving unit 1410 is used to perform sending and receiving operations on the terminal device side in the foregoing method embodiment, and the processing unit 1420 is used to perform other operations on the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment except for the transceiving operation.
例如,在一种实现方式中,处理单元1420可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S44,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发单元1410可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部接收操作,例如S41、S43和S45,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For example, in an implementation manner, the processing unit 1420 may be used to perform all operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 except for the transceiving operations, such as S44, and/or to support the operations described herein. Other processes of the described technology. The transceiver unit 1410 may be used to perform all the receiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, such as S41, S43, and S45, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
又例如,在一种实现方式中,处理单元1420可以用于执行图9所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,例如S94,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发单元1410可以用于执行图9所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部接收操作,例如S91、S93和S95,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For another example, in an implementation manner, the processing unit 1420 may be used to perform all operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 except for the transceiving operations, such as S94, and/or to support the text. Other processes of the described technique. The transceiving unit 1410 may be used to perform all receiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, such as S91, S93, and S95, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
当该通信装置为芯片类的装置或者电路时,该装置可以包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,所述收发单元可以是输入输出电路和/或通信接口;处理单元为集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the communication device is a chip-type device or circuit, the device may include a transceiver unit and a processing unit. Wherein, the transceiving unit may be an input/output circuit and/or a communication interface; the processing unit is an integrated processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit.
本实施例中的通信装置为终端设备时,可以参照图15所示的设备。作为一个例子,该设备可以完成类似于图10中处理模块1010的功能。作为又一个例子,该设备可以完成类似于图12中处理模块1210的功能。在图15中,该设备包括处理器1510,发送数据处理器1520,接收数据处理器1530。上述实施例中的处理模块1010可以是图15中的该处理器1510,并完成相应的功能;上述实施例中的收发模块1020可以是图15中的发送数据处理器1520,和/或接收数据处理器1530,并完成相应的功能。或者,上述实施例中的处理模块1210可以是图15中的该处理器1510,并完成相应的功能;上述实施例中的收发模块1220可以是图15中的发送数据处理器1520,和/或接收数据处理器1530,并完成相应的功能。虽然图15中示出了信道编码器、信道解码器,但是可以理解这些模块并不对本实施例构成限制性说明,仅是示意性的。When the communication device in this embodiment is a terminal device, the device shown in FIG. 15 can be referred to. As an example, the device can perform functions similar to the processing module 1010 in FIG. 10. As another example, the device can perform functions similar to the processing module 1210 in FIG. 12. In FIG. 15, the device includes a processor 1510, a data sending processor 1520, and a data receiving processor 1530. The processing module 1010 in the foregoing embodiment may be the processor 1510 in FIG. 15 and complete corresponding functions; the transceiver module 1020 in the foregoing embodiment may be the sending data processor 1520 in FIG. 15 and/or receiving data Processor 1530, and complete the corresponding functions. Alternatively, the processing module 1210 in the foregoing embodiment may be the processor 1510 in FIG. 15 and complete corresponding functions; the transceiver module 1220 in the foregoing embodiment may be the sending data processor 1520 in FIG. 15, and/or Receive data processor 1530 and complete corresponding functions. Although the channel encoder and the channel decoder are shown in FIG. 15, it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a restrictive description of this embodiment, and are only illustrative.
图16示出本实施例的另一种形式。处理装置1600中包括调制子系统、中央处理子系统、周边子系统等模块。本实施例中的通信装置可以作为其中的调制子系统。具体的,该调制子系统可以包括处理器1603,接口1604。其中,处理器1603完成上述处理模块1010的功能,接口1604完成上述收发模块1020的功能。或者,处理器1603完成上述处理模块1210的功能,接口1604完成上述收发模块1220的功能。作为另一种变形,该调制子系统包括存储器1606、处理器1603及存储在存储器1606上并可在处理器上运行的程序,该处理器1603执行该程序时实现上述方法实施例中终端设备侧的方法。需要注意的是,所述存储器1606可以是非易失性的,也可以是易失性的,其位置可以位于调制子系统内部,也可以位于处理装置1600中,只要该存储器1606可以连接到所述处理器1603即可。Fig. 16 shows another form of this embodiment. The processing device 1600 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and a peripheral subsystem. The communication device in this embodiment can be used as the modulation subsystem therein. Specifically, the modulation subsystem may include a processor 1603 and an interface 1604. Among them, the processor 1603 completes the function of the aforementioned processing module 1010, and the interface 1604 completes the function of the aforementioned transceiver module 1020. Alternatively, the processor 1603 completes the function of the aforementioned processing module 1210, and the interface 1604 completes the function of the aforementioned transceiver module 1220. As another variation, the modulation subsystem includes a memory 1606, a processor 1603, and a program stored in the memory 1606 and running on the processor. When the processor 1603 executes the program, the terminal device side in the above method embodiment is implemented. Methods. It should be noted that the memory 1606 can be non-volatile or volatile, and its location can be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the processing device 1600, as long as the memory 1606 can be connected to the The processor 1603 is fine.
本申请实施例中的装置为网络设备时,该装置可以如图17所示。装置1700包括一个或多个射频单元,如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)1710和一个或多个基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)(也可称为数字单元,digital unit,DU)1720。所述RRU 1710可以称为收发模块,该收发模块可以包括发送模块和接收模块,或者,该收发模块可以是一个能够实现发送和接收功能的模块。该收发模块可以与图11中的收发模块1120对应,或者可以与图13中的收发模块1320对应。可选地,该收发模块还可以称为收发机、收发电 路、或者收发器等等,其可以包括至少一个天线1711和射频单元1712。所述RRU 1710部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,例如用于向终端设备发送指示信息。所述BBU 1710部分主要用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。所述RRU 1710与BBU 1720可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式基站。When the device in the embodiment of the present application is a network device, the device may be as shown in FIG. 17. The device 1700 includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 1710 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as a digital unit, digital unit, DU) 1720 . The RRU 1710 may be referred to as a transceiver module, and the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module, or the transceiver module may be a module capable of implementing sending and receiving functions. The transceiver module may correspond to the transceiver module 1120 in FIG. 11 or may correspond to the transceiver module 1320 in FIG. 13. Optionally, the transceiver module may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc. It may include at least one antenna 1711 and a radio frequency unit 1712. The RRU 1710 part is mainly used for sending and receiving of radio frequency signals and conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending instruction information to terminal equipment. The 1710 part of the BBU is mainly used to perform baseband processing, control the base station, and so on. The RRU 1710 and the BBU 1720 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
所述BBU 1720为基站的控制中心,也可以称为处理模块,可以与图11中的处理模块1110对应,或者可以与图13中的处理模块1310对应,主要用于完成基带处理功能,如信道编码,复用,调制,扩频等等。例如所述BBU(处理模块)可以用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程,例如,生成上述指示信息等。The BBU 1720 is the control center of the base station, and may also be called a processing module. It may correspond to the processing module 1110 in FIG. 11, or may correspond to the processing module 1310 in FIG. 13, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel Encoding, multiplexing, modulation, spread spectrum, etc. For example, the BBU (processing module) may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, for example, to generate the foregoing indication information.
在一个示例中,所述BBU 1720可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网络),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网络,5G网络或其他网络)。所述BBU 1720还包括存储器1721和处理器1722。所述存储器1721用以存储必要的指令和数据。所述处理器1722用于控制基站进行必要的动作,例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。所述存储器1721和处理器1722可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。In an example, the BBU 1720 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a radio access network with a single access standard (such as an LTE network), or support different access standards. Wireless access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks). The BBU 1720 also includes a memory 1721 and a processor 1722. The memory 1721 is used to store necessary instructions and data. The processor 1722 is used to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. The memory 1721 and the processor 1722 may serve one or more boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
本申请实施例提供第一通信系统。第一通信系统可以包括上述的图4所示的实施例所涉及的终端设备,以及包括图4所示的实施例所涉及的网络设备。终端设备例如为图10中的终端设备1000。网络设备例如为图11中的网络设备1100。The embodiment of the present application provides a first communication system. The first communication system may include the terminal device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and the network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4. The terminal device is, for example, the terminal device 1000 in FIG. 10. The network device is, for example, the network device 1100 in FIG. 11.
本申请实施例提供第二通信系统。第一通信系统可以包括上述的图9所示的实施例所涉及的终端设备,以及包括图9所示的实施例所涉及的网络设备。终端设备例如为图12中的终端设备1200。网络设备例如为图13中的网络设备1300。The embodiment of the present application provides a second communication system. The first communication system may include the terminal device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 and the network device involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9. The terminal device is, for example, the terminal device 1200 in FIG. 12. The network device is, for example, the network device 1300 in FIG. 13.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时,所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图4所示的实施例中与网络设备相关的流程。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium that stores a computer program. When the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method shown in FIG. 4 provided by the foregoing method embodiment. The process related to the network device in the embodiment.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时,所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图4所示的实施例中与终端设备相关的流程。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method shown in FIG. 4 provided by the foregoing method embodiment. The process related to the terminal device in the embodiment.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时,所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图9所示的实施例中与网络设备相关的流程。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores a computer program. When the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method shown in FIG. 9 provided by the foregoing method embodiment. The process related to the network device in the embodiment.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时,所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图9所示的实施例中与终端设备相关的流程。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method shown in FIG. 9 provided by the foregoing method embodiment. The process related to the terminal device in the embodiment.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时,所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图4所示的实施例中与网络设备相关的流程。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 provided by the above method embodiment Processes related to network equipment.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时,所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图4所示的实施例中与终端设备相关的流程。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 provided by the above method embodiment Processes related to terminal equipment.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时,所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图9所示的实施例中与网络设备相关的流程。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 provided by the above method embodiment Processes related to network equipment.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时,所述计算机可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图9所示的实施例中与终端设备相关的流程。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, the computer program product is used to store a computer program, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 provided by the above method embodiment Processes related to terminal equipment.
应理解,本申请实施例中提及的处理器可以是CPU,还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that the processor mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be a CPU, or other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), ready-made Field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
还应理解,本申请实施例中提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), and synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) And direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
需要说明的是,当处理器为通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件时,存储器(存储模块)集成在处理器中。It should be noted that when the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, or discrete hardware component, the memory (storage module) is integrated in the processor.
应注意,本文描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should be noted that the memories described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence number of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not correspond to the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may realize that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the system, device and unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间 接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual couplings or direct couplings or communication connections may be indirect couplings or communication connections between devices or units through some interfaces, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的计算机可读存储介质,可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。以此为例但不限于:计算机可读介质可以包括随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read only memory,EEPROM)、紧凑型光盘只读存储器(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)、通用串行总线闪存盘(universal serial bus flash disk)、移动硬盘、或其他光盘存储、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer. Take this as an example but not limited to: computer-readable media can include random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), and electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable read-only memory). read only memory, EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM), universal serial bus flash disk (universal serial bus flash disk), mobile hard disk, or other optical disk storage, disk storage A medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请实施例的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请实施例揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。因此,本申请实施例的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of the application, but the scope of protection of the embodiments of the application is not limited thereto. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes within the technical scope disclosed in the embodiments of the application. Or replacement should be covered within the protection scope of the embodiments of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (40)

  1. 一种寻呼方法,其特征在于,包括:A paging method, characterized in that it comprises:
    接收来自网络设备的第一消息,所述第一消息包括至少一个DRX配置信息,其中包括的第一DRX配置信息用于配置第一DRX周期,所述第一DRX周期对应多个第一偏移量,所述第一偏移量用于指示寻呼帧的时域位置;Receive a first message from a network device, where the first message includes at least one piece of DRX configuration information, where the first DRX configuration information included is used to configure a first DRX cycle, and the first DRX cycle corresponds to a plurality of first offsets The first offset is used to indicate the time domain position of the paging frame;
    根据多个所述第一偏移量确定多个所述第一寻呼帧;Determining a plurality of the first paging frames according to a plurality of the first offsets;
    在多个所述第一寻呼帧检测来自所述网络设备的寻呼消息。Detecting paging messages from the network device in a plurality of the first paging frames.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    在第二寻呼帧检测来自所述网络设备的寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼帧是根据第三偏移量确定的,所述第三偏移量是通过第二DRX周期确定的,所述第二DRX周期是所述至少一个DRX配置信息中的第二DRX配置信息所配置的。Detecting a paging message from the network device in a second paging frame, the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset, and the third offset is determined through a second DRX cycle, The second DRX cycle is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息还包括执行信息,所述执行信息用于指示至少一种DRX周期对应的应用时间,所述至少一种DRX周期是通过所述至少一个DRX配置信息配置的。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate the application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle, and the at least one DRX cycle is Configured through the at least one DRX configuration information.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 3, wherein:
    所述执行信息包括所述至少一种DRX周期的顺序信息;或,The execution information includes sequence information of the at least one DRX cycle; or,
    所述执行信息为比特位图bitmap,所述bitmap中的每个比特用于指示所述至少一种DRX周期中的一种DRX周期的应用信息。The execution information is a bitmap bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle in the at least one DRX cycle.
  5. 根据权利要求1~4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,根据多个所述第一偏移量中的一个第一偏移量确定多个所述第一寻呼帧中的一个第一寻呼帧,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein one of the plurality of first paging frames is determined according to one of the plurality of first offsets The first paging frame includes:
    根据所述一个第一偏移量、所述第一DRX周期的长度和所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数,确定所述一个第一寻呼帧的帧号。The frame number of the one first paging frame is determined according to the one first offset, the length of the first DRX cycle, and the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle.
  6. 根据权利要求1~5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DRX周期还对应至少一个第二偏移量,其中所述多个第一偏移量中的每个第一偏移量,对应于一个或多个第二偏移量,所述至少一个第二偏移量中的一个第二偏移量用于确定一个寻呼时机。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each of the plurality of first offsets is An offset corresponds to one or more second offsets, and one second offset in the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述一个寻呼时机是根据所述一个第二偏移量、所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数、和一个第一寻呼帧所包括的寻呼时机的总数确定的。The method according to claim 6, wherein the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and a first The total number of paging occasions included in the paging frame is determined.
  8. 根据权利要求1~7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DRX周期的长度,是根据所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置以及参考时间所确定的,所述参考时间是由所述网络设备配置的。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and a reference time, and the The reference time is configured by the network device.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 8, wherein:
    所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越短;或者,The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time, the shorter the length of the first DRX cycle; or,
    所述第一DRX所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越长。The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX is located and the reference time, the longer the length of the first DRX cycle.
  10. 根据权利要求1~9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述网络设备发送业务信息和/或DRX期望信息,所述业务信息包括正在进行或将要进行的业务的信息,所述DRX期望信息用于指示所期望的DRX配置。Send service information and/or DRX expectation information to the network device, where the service information includes information about ongoing or to-be-executed services, and the DRX expectation information is used to indicate a desired DRX configuration.
  11. 一种寻呼方法,其特征在于,包括:A paging method, characterized in that it comprises:
    确定至少一个DRX配置信息,其中包括的第一DRX配置信息用于配置第一DRX周期,所述第一DRX周期对应多个第一偏移量,所述第一偏移量用于指示寻呼帧的时域位置;Determine at least one piece of DRX configuration information, where the first DRX configuration information included is used to configure a first DRX cycle, the first DRX cycle corresponds to multiple first offsets, and the first offsets are used to indicate paging Time domain position of the frame;
    向终端设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述至少一个DRX配置信息;Sending a first message to the terminal device, where the first message includes the at least one piece of DRX configuration information;
    在多个所述第一寻呼帧中的部分或全部发送寻呼消息。Sending a paging message in part or all of the plurality of first paging frames.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein the method further comprises:
    在第二寻呼帧发送寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼帧是根据第三偏移量确定的,所述第三偏移量是通过第二DRX周期确定的,所述第二DRX周期是所述至少一个DRX配置信息中的第二DRX配置信息所配置的。The paging message is sent in the second paging frame, the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset, and the third offset is determined through a second DRX cycle, and the second DRX cycle Is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息还包括执行信息,所述执行信息用于指示至少一种DRX周期对应的应用时间,所述至少一种DRX周期是通过所述至少一个DRX配置信息配置的。The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate the application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle, and the at least one DRX cycle is Configured through the at least one DRX configuration information.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 13, wherein:
    所述执行信息包括所述至少一种DRX周期的顺序信息;或,The execution information includes sequence information of the at least one DRX cycle; or,
    所述执行信息为比特位图bitmap,所述bitmap中的每个比特用于指示所述至少一种DRX周期中的一种DRX周期的应用信息。The execution information is a bitmap bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle in the at least one DRX cycle.
  15. 根据权利要求11~14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DRX周期还对应至少一个第二偏移量,其中所述多个第一偏移量中的每个第一偏移量,对应于一个或多个第二偏移量,所述至少一个第二偏移量中的一个第二偏移量用于确定一个寻呼时机。The method according to any one of claims 11 to 14, wherein the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each of the plurality of first offsets is An offset corresponds to one or more second offsets, and one second offset in the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述一个寻呼时机是根据所述一个第二偏移量、所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数、和一个第一寻呼帧所包括的寻呼时机的总数确定的。The method according to claim 15, wherein the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and a first The total number of paging occasions included in the paging frame is determined.
  17. 根据权利要求11~16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DRX周期的长度,是根据所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置以及参考时间所确定的,所述参考时间是由所述网络设备配置的。The method according to any one of claims 11 to 16, wherein the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to a time domain position and a reference time where the first DRX cycle is located, and the The reference time is configured by the network device.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 17, wherein:
    所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越短;或者,The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time, the shorter the length of the first DRX cycle; or,
    所述第一DRX所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越长。The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX is located and the reference time, the longer the length of the first DRX cycle.
  19. 根据权利要求11~18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11 to 18, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述终端设备的业务信息和/或DRX期望信息,所述业务信息包括正在进行或将要进行的业务的信息,所述DRX期望信息用于指示所期望的DRX配置。Receive service information and/or DRX expectation information from the terminal device, where the service information includes information about ongoing or upcoming services, and the DRX expectation information is used to indicate a desired DRX configuration.
  20. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it comprises:
    收发模块,用于接收来自网络设备的第一消息,所述第一消息包括至少一个DRX配置信息,其中包括的第一DRX配置信息用于配置第一DRX周期,所述第一DRX周期对应多个第一偏移量,所述第一偏移量用于指示寻呼帧的时域位置;The transceiver module is configured to receive a first message from a network device, where the first message includes at least one piece of DRX configuration information, and the first DRX configuration information included therein is used to configure a first DRX cycle, and the first DRX cycle corresponds to multiple A first offset, where the first offset is used to indicate the time domain position of the paging frame;
    处理模块,用于根据多个所述第一偏移量确定多个所述第一寻呼帧;A processing module, configured to determine a plurality of the first paging frames according to a plurality of the first offsets;
    所述收发模块,还用于在多个所述第一寻呼帧检测来自所述网络设备的寻呼消息。The transceiver module is further configured to detect paging messages from the network device in a plurality of the first paging frames.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块,还用于在第二 寻呼帧检测来自所述网络设备的寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼帧是根据第三偏移量确定的,所述第三偏移量是通过第二DRX周期确定的,所述第二DRX周期是所述至少一个DRX配置信息中的第二DRX配置信息所配置的。The communication device according to claim 20, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to detect a paging message from the network device in a second paging frame, and the second paging frame is based on the third The offset is determined, and the third offset is determined through a second DRX cycle, and the second DRX cycle is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
  22. 根据权利要求20或21所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一消息还包括执行信息,所述执行信息用于指示至少一种DRX周期对应的应用时间,所述至少一种DRX周期是通过所述至少一个DRX配置信息配置的。The communication device according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate an application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle, and the at least one DRX cycle It is configured through the at least one DRX configuration information.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 22, wherein:
    所述执行信息包括所述至少一种DRX周期的顺序信息;或,The execution information includes sequence information of the at least one DRX cycle; or,
    所述执行信息为比特位图bitmap,所述bitmap中的每个比特用于指示所述至少一种DRX周期中的一种DRX周期的应用信息。The execution information is a bitmap bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle in the at least one DRX cycle.
  24. 根据权利要求20~23中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,根据多个所述第一偏移量中的一个第一偏移量确定多个所述第一寻呼帧中的一个第一寻呼帧,包括:The communication device according to any one of claims 20 to 23, wherein the first offset in the plurality of first paging frames is determined according to one of the plurality of first offsets. A first paging frame, including:
    根据所述一个第一偏移量、所述第一DRX周期的长度和所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数,确定所述一个第一寻呼帧的帧号。The frame number of the one first paging frame is determined according to the one first offset, the length of the first DRX cycle, and the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle.
  25. 根据权利要求20~24中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一DRX周期还对应至少一个第二偏移量,其中所述多个第一偏移量中的每个第一偏移量,对应于一个或多个第二偏移量,所述至少一个第二偏移量中的一个第二偏移量用于确定一个寻呼时机。The communication device according to any one of claims 20 to 24, wherein the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each of the plurality of first offsets The first offset corresponds to one or more second offsets, and one second offset in the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述一个寻呼时机是根据所述一个第二偏移量、所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数、和一个第一寻呼帧所包括的寻呼时机的总数确定的。The communication device according to claim 25, wherein the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and a first The total number of paging occasions included in a paging frame is determined.
  27. 根据权利要求20~26中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一DRX周期的长度,是根据所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置以及参考时间所确定的,所述参考时间是由所述网络设备配置的。The communication device according to any one of claims 20 to 26, wherein the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to a time domain position and a reference time where the first DRX cycle is located, and The reference time is configured by the network device.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 27, wherein:
    所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越短;或者,The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time, the shorter the length of the first DRX cycle; or,
    所述第一DRX所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越长。The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX is located and the reference time, the longer the length of the first DRX cycle.
  29. 根据权利要求20~28任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块,还用于向所述网络设备发送业务信息和/或DRX期望信息,所述业务信息包括正在进行或将要进行的业务的信息,所述DRX期望信息用于指示所期望的DRX配置。The communication device according to any one of claims 20 to 28, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to send service information and/or DRX desired information to the network device, and the service information includes ongoing or Information about the service to be performed, and the DRX expectation information is used to indicate the expected DRX configuration.
  30. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:A network device, characterized in that it comprises:
    处理模块,用于确定至少一个DRX配置信息,其中包括的第一DRX配置信息用于配置第一DRX周期,所述第一DRX周期对应多个第一偏移量,所述第一偏移量用于指示寻呼帧的时域位置;A processing module, configured to determine at least one piece of DRX configuration information, where the first DRX configuration information included is used to configure a first DRX cycle, the first DRX cycle corresponds to multiple first offsets, and the first offsets Used to indicate the time domain position of the paging frame;
    收发模块,用于向通信装置发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述至少一个DRX配置信息;A transceiver module, configured to send a first message to a communication device, where the first message includes the at least one piece of DRX configuration information;
    所述收发模块,还用于在多个所述第一寻呼帧中的部分或全部发送寻呼消息。The transceiver module is further configured to send a paging message in part or all of the plurality of first paging frames.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述收发模块,还用于在第二 寻呼帧发送寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼帧是根据第三偏移量确定的,所述第三偏移量是通过第二DRX周期确定的,所述第二DRX周期是所述至少一个DRX配置信息中的第二DRX配置信息所配置的。The network device according to claim 30, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to send a paging message in a second paging frame, and the second paging frame is determined according to a third offset, The third offset is determined by a second DRX cycle, and the second DRX cycle is configured by the second DRX configuration information in the at least one DRX configuration information.
  32. 根据权利要求30或31所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一消息还包括执行信息,所述执行信息用于指示至少一种DRX周期对应的应用时间,所述至少一种DRX周期是通过所述至少一个DRX配置信息配置的。The network device according to claim 30 or 31, wherein the first message further includes execution information, and the execution information is used to indicate the application time corresponding to at least one DRX cycle, and the at least one DRX cycle It is configured through the at least one DRX configuration information.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的网络设备,其特征在于,The network device according to claim 32, wherein:
    所述执行信息包括所述至少一种DRX周期的顺序信息;或,The execution information includes sequence information of the at least one DRX cycle; or,
    所述执行信息为比特位图bitmap,所述bitmap中的每个比特用于指示所述至少一种DRX周期中的一种DRX周期的应用信息。The execution information is a bitmap bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap is used to indicate application information of one DRX cycle in the at least one DRX cycle.
  34. 根据权利要求30~33中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一DRX周期还对应至少一个第二偏移量,其中所述多个第一偏移量中的每个第一偏移量,对应于一个或多个第二偏移量,所述至少一个第二偏移量中的一个第二偏移量用于确定一个寻呼时机。The network device according to any one of claims 30 to 33, wherein the first DRX cycle further corresponds to at least one second offset, wherein each of the plurality of first offsets The first offset corresponds to one or more second offsets, and one second offset in the at least one second offset is used to determine a paging occasion.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述一个寻呼时机是根据所述一个第二偏移量、所述第一DRX周期包括的第一寻呼帧的总数、和一个第一寻呼帧所包括的寻呼时机的总数确定的。The network device according to claim 34, wherein the one paging occasion is based on the one second offset, the total number of first paging frames included in the first DRX cycle, and a first The total number of paging occasions included in a paging frame is determined.
  36. 根据权利要求30~35中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一DRX周期的长度,是根据所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置以及参考时间所确定的,所述参考时间是由所述网络设备配置的。The network device according to any one of claims 30 to 35, wherein the length of the first DRX cycle is determined according to a time domain position and a reference time where the first DRX cycle is located, and The reference time is configured by the network device.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的网络设备,其特征在于,The network device according to claim 36, wherein:
    所述第一DRX周期所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越短;或者,The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX cycle is located and the reference time, the shorter the length of the first DRX cycle; or,
    所述第一DRX所在的时域位置与所述参考时间之间的间隔越短,所述第一DRX周期的长度越长。The shorter the interval between the time domain position where the first DRX is located and the reference time, the longer the length of the first DRX cycle.
  38. 根据权利要求30~37任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述收发模块,还用于接收来自所述通信装置的业务信息和/或DRX期望信息,所述业务信息包括正在进行或将要进行的业务的信息,所述DRX期望信息用于指示所期望的DRX配置。The network device according to any one of claims 30 to 37, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to receive service information and/or DRX desired information from the communication device, the service information including ongoing Or information about the service to be performed, and the DRX expectation information is used to indicate the expected DRX configuration.
  39. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1~10中任意一项所述的方法,或者使得所述计算机执行如权利要求11~19中任意一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program runs on a computer, the computer executes any one of claims 1 to 10 The method, or the computer is caused to execute the method according to any one of claims 11-19.
  40. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括处理器和通信接口,所述处理器用于读取指令以执行权利要求1~10中任意一项所述的方法,或者执行权利要求11~19中任意一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized by comprising a processor and a communication interface, the processor being used to read instructions to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, or to execute any one of claims 11 to 19 The method described.
PCT/CN2019/127448 2019-12-23 2019-12-23 Paging method, apparatus, and device WO2021127846A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/127448 WO2021127846A1 (en) 2019-12-23 2019-12-23 Paging method, apparatus, and device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/127448 WO2021127846A1 (en) 2019-12-23 2019-12-23 Paging method, apparatus, and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021127846A1 true WO2021127846A1 (en) 2021-07-01

Family

ID=76573379

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/127448 WO2021127846A1 (en) 2019-12-23 2019-12-23 Paging method, apparatus, and device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2021127846A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104025678A (en) * 2011-11-04 2014-09-03 黑莓有限公司 Paging In Heterogeneous Networks Using Restricted Subframe Patterns
WO2015002578A1 (en) * 2013-07-01 2015-01-08 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Method and arrangement for paging and for monitoring paging
CN109246818A (en) * 2017-05-04 2019-01-18 华为技术有限公司 Paging method and device
CN109327889A (en) * 2017-07-31 2019-02-12 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 A kind of detection method and equipment indicating information

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104025678A (en) * 2011-11-04 2014-09-03 黑莓有限公司 Paging In Heterogeneous Networks Using Restricted Subframe Patterns
WO2015002578A1 (en) * 2013-07-01 2015-01-08 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Method and arrangement for paging and for monitoring paging
CN109246818A (en) * 2017-05-04 2019-01-18 华为技术有限公司 Paging method and device
CN109327889A (en) * 2017-07-31 2019-02-12 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 A kind of detection method and equipment indicating information

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
SAMSUNG: "PO Determination for Paging Reception (R2-1702893)", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-1702893_PO DETERMINATION FOR PAGING RECEPTION, vol. RAN WG2, 24 March 2017 (2017-03-24), Spokane, USA, pages 1 - 3, XP051253700 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021159244A1 (en) Paging method and device
TWI795555B (en) Signal transmission method and device
WO2020228647A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2020238428A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2021017603A1 (en) Energy conservation signal transmission method, base station, and terminal device
WO2020143551A1 (en) Channel detection method and apparatus
WO2022012388A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2021238591A1 (en) Reference signal configuration updating method and apparatus
CN113498165B (en) Communication method and device
WO2021197233A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021036569A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2020181943A1 (en) System information requesting method and device
WO2021109039A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and device
WO2021056584A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021228192A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20220346012A1 (en) Signal sending and receiving method, apparatus, and device
WO2021127846A1 (en) Paging method, apparatus, and device
WO2021134792A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining evaluation duration during downlink transmission quality inspection
WO2021134702A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021031026A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting downlink control information (dci)
WO2022017237A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021197030A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2021228053A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2023241288A1 (en) Wake-up signal transmission method and communication system
WO2022017235A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19957927

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19957927

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1